Product Detail Manual AT
User Manual: at
Open the PDF directly: View PDF 
.
Page Count: 380
| Download | |
| Open PDF In Browser | View PDF |
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION C TRANSMISSION/TRANSAXLE A SECTION AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION B AT D CONTENTS INDEX FOR DTC ........................................................ 5 Alphabetical Index .................................................... 5 DTC No. Index ......................................................... 6 PRECAUTIONS .......................................................... 7 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” .................................................................. 7 Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine .................................................... 7 Precautions for TCM, A/T Assembly and Control Valve Assembly Replacement .................................. 8 Precautions .............................................................. 9 Service Notice or Precautions ................................ 10 Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis ................ 10 PREPARATION ..........................................................11 Special Service Tools ..............................................11 Commercial Service Tools ...................................... 12 A/T FLUID ................................................................. 13 Changing A/T Fluid ................................................ 13 Checking A/T Fluid ................................................. 13 A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ...................................... 15 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM .......................................... 18 Cross-Sectional View ............................................. 18 Shift Mechanism ..................................................... 19 TCM Function ......................................................... 30 CAN Communication .............................................. 31 Input/Output Signal of TCM .................................... 31 Line Pressure Control ............................................ 32 Shift Control ........................................................... 34 Lock-Up Control ..................................................... 34 Engine Brake Control ............................................. 36 Control Valve .......................................................... 36 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ............ 38 Introduction ............................................................ 38 OBD-II Function for A/T System ............................. 38 One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ............ 38 OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ................. 38 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ........................... 41 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ............................................ 42 DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................ 42 Fail-Safe ................................................................. 42 How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and Accurate Repair ...................................................... 44 A/T Electrical Parts Location .................................. 49 Circuit Diagram ....................................................... 50 Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis .................... 51 Check Before Engine is Started .............................. 55 Check at Idle ........................................................... 55 Cruise Test - Part 1 ................................................. 56 Cruise Test - Part 2 ................................................. 58 Cruise Test - Part 3 ................................................. 59 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ...................... 61 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up .................................................. 61 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up ............................................................ 61 Symptom Chart ....................................................... 62 TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ........... 89 CONSULT-II ............................................................ 92 Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ......... 103 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE ............ 105 Description ............................................................ 105 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 105 Possible Cause ..................................................... 105 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 105 Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN .............................. 106 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 107 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT ................... 108 Description ............................................................ 108 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 108 Possible Cause ..................................................... 108 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 108 Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG .......................... 109 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 110 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH. 112 Description ............................................................ 112 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 112 Possible Cause ..................................................... 112 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 112 Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ....................... 113 AT-1 E F G H I J K L M Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 114 Component Inspection .......................................... 116 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) ............................................... 117 Description ............................................................ 117 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 117 Possible Cause ..................................................... 117 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 117 Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ......................... 118 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 119 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL ................... 122 Description ............................................................ 122 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 122 Possible Cause ..................................................... 122 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 122 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 123 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 124 Description ............................................................ 124 CONSULT-II Reference Value .............................. 124 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 124 Possible Cause ..................................................... 124 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 124 Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV .............................. 125 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 126 Component Inspection .......................................... 128 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP). 129 Description ............................................................ 129 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 129 Possible Cause ..................................................... 129 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 129 Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG ........................ 130 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 131 Component Inspection .......................................... 133 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE. 134 Description ............................................................ 134 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 134 Possible Cause ..................................................... 134 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 134 Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ............................ 135 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 136 Component Inspection .......................................... 138 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) .................................................. 139 Description ............................................................ 139 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 139 Possible Cause ..................................................... 139 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 139 Wiring Diagram — AT — POWER ........................ 140 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 142 Component Inspection .......................................... 144 DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM) ...................................................................... 145 Description ............................................................ 145 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 145 Possible Cause ..................................................... 145 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 145 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 146 DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM) ...................................................................... 147 Description ............................................................ 147 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 147 Possible Cause ..................................................... 147 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 147 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 148 DTC P1704 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (EEPROM) ............................................................... 149 Description ............................................................ 149 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 149 Possible Cause ..................................................... 149 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 149 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 150 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR ........ 151 Description ............................................................ 151 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 151 Possible Cause ..................................................... 151 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 151 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 152 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT .................................................................. 153 Description ............................................................ 153 CONSULT-II Reference Value ............................... 153 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 153 Possible Cause ..................................................... 153 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 153 Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ............................... 154 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 155 Component Inspection .......................................... 158 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR .... 159 Description ............................................................ 159 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 159 Possible Cause ..................................................... 159 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 159 Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T ......................... 160 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 161 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR ....... 164 Description ............................................................ 164 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 164 Possible Cause ..................................................... 164 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 164 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 165 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK ................................. 166 Description ............................................................ 166 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 166 Possible Cause ..................................................... 166 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 166 Wiring Diagram — AT — I/LOCK .......................... 167 Judgement of A/T Interlock ................................... 171 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 171 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING ............... 173 Description ............................................................ 173 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 173 Possible Cause ..................................................... 173 DTC Confirmation Procedure ................................ 173 Wiring Diagram — AT — E/BRE ........................... 174 Diagnostic Procedure ............................................ 175 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE . 177 Description ............................................................ 177 AT-2 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 177 Possible Cause .................................................... 177 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 177 Wiring Diagram — AT — I/C ................................ 178 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 179 Component Inspection ......................................... 181 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION .............................................................. 182 Description ........................................................... 182 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 182 Possible Cause .................................................... 182 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 182 Wiring Diagram — AT — I/CF .............................. 183 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 184 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE . 186 Description ........................................................... 186 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 186 Possible Cause .................................................... 186 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 186 Wiring Diagram — AT — FR/B ............................. 187 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 188 Component Inspection ......................................... 190 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION .............................................................. 191 Description ........................................................... 191 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 191 Possible Cause .................................................... 191 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 191 Wiring Diagram — AT — FR/BF ........................... 192 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 193 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE. 196 Description ........................................................... 196 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 196 Possible Cause .................................................... 196 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 196 Wiring Diagram — AT — D/C ............................... 197 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 198 Component Inspection ......................................... 200 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION .............................................................. 201 Description ........................................................... 201 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 201 Possible Cause .................................................... 201 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 201 Wiring Diagram — AT — D/CF ............................. 202 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 203 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE ................................................. 205 Description ........................................................... 205 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 205 Possible Cause .................................................... 205 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 205 Wiring Diagram — AT — HLR/C .......................... 206 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 207 Component Inspection ......................................... 209 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION ............................. 210 Description ........................................................... 210 On Board Diagnosis Logic ................................... 210 Possible Cause ..................................................... 210 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 210 Wiring Diagram — AT — HLR/CF ........................ 211 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 212 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE ..................................................................... 215 Description ............................................................ 215 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 215 Possible Cause ..................................................... 215 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 215 Wiring Diagram — AT — LC/B ............................. 216 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 217 Component Inspection .......................................... 219 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION .................................................. 220 Description ............................................................ 220 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 220 Possible Cause ..................................................... 220 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 220 Wiring Diagram — AT — LC/BF ........................... 221 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 222 DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH .................. 224 Description ............................................................ 224 CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode . 224 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 224 Possible Cause ..................................................... 224 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 224 Wiring Diagram — AT — MMSW ......................... 225 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 226 Component Inspection .......................................... 227 Position Indicator Lamp ........................................ 227 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 ............... 228 Description ............................................................ 228 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 228 Possible Cause ..................................................... 228 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 228 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW1 ......................... 229 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 230 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 ............... 232 Description ............................................................ 232 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 232 Possible Cause ..................................................... 232 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 232 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW3 ......................... 233 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 234 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 ............... 236 Description ............................................................ 236 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 236 Possible Cause ..................................................... 236 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 236 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW5 ......................... 237 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 238 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 ............... 240 Description ............................................................ 240 On Board Diagnosis Logic .................................... 240 Possible Cause ..................................................... 240 DTC Confirmation Procedure ............................... 240 AT-3 A B AT D E F G H I J K L M Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW6 ......................... 241 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 242 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION, MANUAL MODE, BRAKE AND THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT ........................................................................ 244 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 244 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS ............ 246 Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC ...................... 246 A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On .... 248 Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position . 250 In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ...... 250 In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves .............................. 251 Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) ......................... 253 Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position. 255 Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position . 258 Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ..................... 260 A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ................................ 263 A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ................................ 265 A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ................................ 267 A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ................................ 270 A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ............................ 272 A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition .................. 274 Lock-up Is Not Released ...................................... 276 Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle ................ 276 Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode .................. 278 A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear .............. 278 A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear .............. 280 A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear ............. 282 A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear ............. 284 Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake .... 286 SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM .................................... 288 Control Device Removal and Installation .............. 288 Adjustment of A/T Position ................................... 289 Checking of A/T Position ...................................... 289 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM ..................................... 291 Description ............................................................ 291 Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ......... 291 Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT ........................... 292 Diagnostic Procedure ........................................... 293 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE ...................................... 296 Components ......................................................... 296 Removal ............................................................... 297 Installation ............................................................. 298 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE .......................................... 299 Control Valve Assembly ........................................ 299 Rear Oil Seal ......................................................... 306 Parking Components ............................................ 307 AIR BREATHER HOSE ........................................... 313 Removal and Installation ....................................... 313 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY ................................. 314 Removal and Installation ....................................... 314 OVERHAUL ............................................................. 317 Components .......................................................... 317 Oil Channel ........................................................... 323 Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings .......................... 324 DISASSEMBLY ....................................................... 325 Disassembly .......................................................... 325 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ...................... 339 Oil Pump ............................................................... 339 Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch ................... 342 Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ..... 344 Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub .............................................. 349 High and Low Reverse Clutch .............................. 354 Direct Clutch ......................................................... 356 ASSEMBLY ............................................................. 358 Assembly (1) ......................................................... 358 Adjustment ............................................................ 369 Assembly (2) ......................................................... 371 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) .... 377 General Specifications .......................................... 377 Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ..................... 377 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ................................................. 377 Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up .......................................................... 377 Stall Speed ............................................................ 377 Line Pressure ........................................................ 378 Solenoid Valves .................................................... 378 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor .............................. 378 Turbine Revolution Sensor .................................... 378 Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) ... 378 Reverse Brake ...................................................... 378 Total End Play ....................................................... 378 AT-4 INDEX FOR DTC INDEX FOR DTC Alphabetical Index PFP:00024 A ACS00081 NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to AT-105 . B DTC Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) OBD-II Except OBD-II CONSULT-II GST*1 CONSULT-II only “A/T” A/T 1ST E/BRAKING — P1731 AT-173 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC — P1841 AT-228 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC — P1843 AT-232 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC — P1845 AT-236 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC — P1846 AT-240 A/T INTERLOCK P1730 P1730 AT-166 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN P0744 P0744 AT-129 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC P0710 P1710 AT-153 CAN COMM CIRCUIT U1000 U1000 AT-105 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1762 P1762 AT-196 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1764 P1764 AT-201 ENGINE SPEED SIG P0725 P0725 AT-122 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1757 P1757 AT-186 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT P1759 P1759 AT-191 HLR/C SOL/CIRC P1767 P1767 AT-205 HLR/C SOL FNCTN P1769 P1769 AT-210 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC P1752 P1752 AT-177 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN P1754 P1754 AT-182 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC P0745 P0745 AT-134 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC P1772 P1772 AT-215 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT P1774 P1774 AT-220 MANU MODE SW/CIR — P1815 AT-224 P0705 P0705 AT-112 STARTER RELAY/CIRC — P0615 AT-108 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC P0740 P0740 AT-124 TCM·EEPROM — P1704 AT-149 TCM-POWER SUPPLY — P1701 AT-139 TCM·RAM — P1702 AT-145 TCM·ROM — P1703 AT-147 TP SEN/CIRC A/T P1705 P1705 AT-151 TURBINE REV S/CIRC P1716 P1716 AT-159 VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR — P1721 AT-164 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT P0720 P0720 AT-117 PNP SW/CIRC *1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. AT-5 Reference page AT D E F G H I J K L M INDEX FOR DTC DTC No. Index ACS00082 NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to AT-105 . DTC OBD-II Except OBD-II CONSULT-II GST*1 CONSULT-II only “A/T” Items (CONSULT-II screen terms) Reference page — P0615 STARTER RELAY/CIRC AT-108 P0705 P0705 PNP SW/CIRC AT-112 P0710 P1710 ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC AT-153 P0720 P0720 VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT AT-117 P0725 P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIG AT-122 P0740 P0740 TCC SOLENOID/CIRC AT-124 P0744 P0744 A/T TCC S/V FNCTN AT-129 P0745 P0745 L/PRESS SOL/CIRC AT-134 — P1701 TCM-POWER SUPPLY AT-139 — P1702 TCM·RAM AT-145 — P1703 TCM·ROM AT-147 — P1704 TCM·EEPROM AT-149 P1705 P1705 TP SEN/CIRC A/T AT-151 P1716 P1716 TURBINE REV S/CIRC AT-159 — P1721 VEH SPD SE/CIR·MTR AT-164 P1730 P1730 A/T INTERLOCK AT-166 — P1731 A/T 1ST E/BRAKING AT-173 P1752 P1752 I/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-177 P1754 P1754 I/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-182 P1757 P1757 FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-186 P1759 P1759 FR/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-191 P1762 P1762 D/C SOLENOID/CIRC AT-196 P1764 P1764 D/C SOLENOID FNCTN AT-201 P1767 P1767 HLR/C SOL/CIRC AT-205 P1769 P1769 HLR/C SOL FNCTN AT-210 P1772 P1772 LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC AT-215 P1774 P1774 LC/B SOLENOID FNCT AT-220 — P1815 MANU MODE SW/CIRC AT-224 — P1841 ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC AT-228 — P1843 ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC AT-232 — P1845 ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC AT-236 — P1846 ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC AT-240 U1000 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT AT-105 *1: These numbers are prescribed by SAE J2012. AT-6 PRECAUTIONS PRECAUTIONS PFP:00001 Precautions for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER” A ACS004YD The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along B with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front AT air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SRS and SB section of this Service Manual. D WARNING: ● To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer. E ● Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag Module, see the SRS section. F ● Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or harness connectors. G Precautions for On Board Diagnostic (OBD) System of A/T and Engine ACS000G0 The ECM has an on board diagnostic system. It will light up the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) to warn the driver of a malfunction causing emission deterioration. CAUTION: ● Be sure to turn the ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect the negative battery cable before any repair or inspection work. The open/short circuit of related switches, sensors, solenoid valves, etc. will cause the MIL to light up. ● Be sure to connect and lock the connectors securely after work. A loose (unlocked) connector will cause the MIL to light up due to an open circuit. (Be sure the connector is free from water, grease, dirt, bent terminals, etc.) ● Be sure to route and secure the harnesses properly after work. Interference of the harness with a bracket, etc. may cause the MIL to light up due to a short circuit. ● Be sure to connect rubber tubes properly after work. A misconnected or disconnected rubber tube may cause the MIL to light up due to a malfunction of the EGR system or fuel injection system, etc. ● Be sure to erase the unnecessary malfunction information (repairs completed) from the TCM and ECM before returning the vehicle to the customer. H I J K L M AT-7 PRECAUTIONS Precautions for TCM, A/T Assembly and Control Valve Assembly Replacement ACS000G1 CAUTION: ● Check data (Unit ID) in TCM with data monitor of CONSULT-II before replacing A/T assembly (control valve assembly). ● Check if new data (Unit ID) are entered correctly after replacing A/T assembly (control valve assembly) and erasing data in TCM. ● When replacing A/T assembly, control valve assembly or TCM, refer to the pattern table below and erase the EEPROM in the TCM if necessary. EEPROM ERASING PATTERNS A/T assembly or control valve assembly TCM Erasing EEPROM in TCM Replaced Replaced Not required Not required because the EEPROM in the TCM is in the default state. Not replaced Replaced Not required Not required because the EEPROM in the TCM is in the default state. Required Required because data has been written in the EEPROM in the TCM and because the TCM cannot write data from the ROM assembly in the transmission. Replaced Not replaced Remarks METHOD FOR ERASING THE EEPROM IN THE TCM 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector. Turn ignition switch ON. Confirm that CONSULT-II turn “ON”. Move selector lever in “R” position. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Fully press the accelerator pedal (8/8 throttle), and hold it in the fully open position. (This will set the closed throttle position signal to “OFF”.) Touch “ERASE” on CONSULT-II, and then touch “YES”. Wait 3 seconds and then release the accelerator pedal. Turn ignition switch OFF. METHOD FOR WRITING DATA FROM THE ROM ASSEMBLY IN THE TRANSMISSION In the following procedure, the TCM reads data from the ROM assembly and writes it to the EEPROM in the TCM. 1. With the EEPROM in the TCM erased. 2. Move selector lever in “P” position. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. CHECK METHOD ● ● Normal: About 2 seconds after the ignition switch ON, the A/T CHECK indicator lamp lights up for 2 seconds. Abnormal: Even after the ignition switch ON, the A/T CHECK indicator lamp does not light up after 2 seconds or illuminates immediately. Cope for Abnormal ● ● Replace the control valve assembly. Replace the TCM. AT-8 PRECAUTIONS Precautions ● ACS000G2 A Before connecting or disconnecting the TCM harness connector, turn ignition switch “OFF” and disconnect negative battery cable. Because battery voltage is applied to TCM even if ignition switch is turned “OFF”. B AT D SEF289H ● When connecting or disconnecting pin connectors into or from TCM, take care not to damage pin terminals (bend or break). Make sure that there are not any bends or breaks on TCM pin terminal, when connecting pin connectors. E F G SEF291H ● Before replacing TCM, perform TCM input/output signal inspection and make sure whether TCM functions properly or not. AT-89, "TCM INSPECTION TABLE". H I J K MEF040DA L ● After performing each TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS, perform “DTC (Diagnostic Trouble Code) CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. If the repair is completed the DTC should not be displayed in the “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE”. M SEF217U ● ● ● ● ● Always use the specified brand of A/T fluid. Refer to MA-9, "Fluids and Lubricants" . Use paper rags not cloth rags during work. After replacing the A/T fluid, dispose of the waste oil using the methods prescribed by law, ordinance, etc. Before proceeding with disassembly, thoroughly clean the outside of the transaxle. It is important to prevent the internal parts from becoming contaminated by dirt or other foreign matter. Disassembly should be done in a clean work area. AT-9 PRECAUTIONS ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● Use lint-free cloth or towels for wiping parts clean. Common shop rags can leave fibers that could interfere with the operation of the transaxle. Place disassembled parts in order for easier and proper assembly. All parts should be carefully cleaned with a general purpose, non-flammable solvent before inspection or reassembly. Gaskets, seals and O-rings should be replaced any time the transaxle is disassembled. It is very important to perform functional tests whenever they are indicated. The valve body contains precision parts and requires extreme care when parts are removed and serviced. Place disassembled valve body parts in order for easier and proper assembly. Care will also prevent springs and small parts from becoming scattered or lost. Properly installed valves, sleeves, plugs, etc. will slide along bores in valve body under their own weight. Before assembly, apply a coat of recommended ATF to all parts. Apply petroleum jelly to protect O-rings and seals, or hold bearings and washers in place during assembly. Do not use grease. Extreme care should be taken to avoid damage to O-rings, seals and gaskets when assembling. After overhaul, refill the transaxle with new ATF. When the A/T drain plug is removed, only some of the fluid is drained. Old A/T fluid will remain in torque converter and ATF cooling system. Always follow the procedures under “Changing A/T Fluid” in the AT section when changing A/T fluid. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . Service Notice or Precautions ACS000G3 ATF COOLER SERVICE If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), or if an A/T is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, inspect and clean the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator or replace the radiator. Flush cooler lines using cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair. For A/T fluid cooler cleaning procedure, refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . For radiator replacement, refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR" , CO-18, "RADIATOR (ALUMINUM TYPE)" . OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSIS A/T self-diagnosis is performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The results can be read through the blinking pattern of the A/T CHECK indicator or the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL). Refer to the table on AT-93, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" for the indicator used to display each self-diagnostic result. ● The self-diagnostic results indicated by the MIL are automatically stored in both the ECM and TCM memories. Always perform the procedure on AT-39, "HOW TO ERASE DTC" to complete the repair and avoid unnecessary blinking of the MIL. For details of OBD-II, refer to AT-38, "ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM" . ● Certain systems and components, especially those related to OBD, may use the new style slidelocking type harness connector. For description and how to disconnect, refer to PG-65, "HARNESS CONNECTOR" . ● Wiring Diagrams and Trouble Diagnosis When you read wiring diagrams, refer to the following: ● GI-14, "How to Read Wiring Diagrams". ● PG-3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" for power distribution circuit. When you perform trouble diagnosis, refer to the following: ● GI-10, "How to Follow Trouble Diagnoses". ● GI-26, "How to Perform Efficient Diagnosis for an Electrical Incident". AT-10 ACS000G4 PREPARATION PREPARATION Special Service Tools PFP:00002 A ACS00087 The actual shapes of Kent-Moore tools may differ from those of special service tools illustrated here. Tool number (Kent-Moore No.) Tool name ST2505S001 (J-34301-C) Oil pressure gauge set 1 ST25051001 ( — ) Oil pressure gauge 2 ST25052000 ( — ) Hose 3 ST25053000 ( — ) Joint pipe 4 ST25054000 ( — ) Adapter 5 ST25055000 ( — ) Adapter Description Measuring line pressure B AT D E F ZZA0600D G KV31103600 (J-45674) Joint pipe adapter (With ST25054000) Measuring line pressure H I ZZA1227D ST33400001 (J-26082) Drift a: 60 mm (2.36 in) dia. b: 47 mm (1.85 in) dia. ● Installing rear oil seal ● Installing oil pump housing oil seal J K NT086 KV31102400 (J-34285 and J-34285-87) Clutch spring compressor a: 320 mm (12.60 in) b: 174 mm (6.85 in) L Installing reverse brake return spring retainer M NT423 ST25850000 (J-25721-A) Sliding hammer a: 179 mm (7.05 in) b: 70 mm (2.76 in) c: 40 mm (1.57 in) d: M12X1.75P Remove oil pump assembly NT422 AT-11 PREPARATION Commercial Service Tools ACS00088 Tool name Description Power tool Loosening bolts and nuts PBIC0190E Drift a: 22mm (0.87 in) dia. Installing manual shaft seal NT083 AT-12 A/T FLUID A/T FLUID Changing A/T Fluid 1. 2. 3. 4. PFP:KLE40 A ACS000G7 Warm up A/T fluid. Stop engine. B Remove the tightening bolt for A/T fluid level gauge. Drain A/T fluid from drain plug and refill with new A/T fluid. Always refill same volume with drained fluid. ● To replace the A/T fluid, pour in new fluid at the charging pipe with the engine idling and at the same AT time drain the old fluid from the radiator cooler hose return side. ● When the color of the fluid coming out is about the same as the color of the new fluid, the replacement is complete. The amount of new transmission fluid to use should be 30 to 50% increase of the stipu- D lated amount. A/T fluid: Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF Fluid capacity: 10.3 E (10-7/8 US qt, 9-1/8 lmp qt) CAUTION: ● Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF. Do not mix with other fluid. ● Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will cause deterioration in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the warranty. ● When filling A/T fluid, take care not to scatter heat generating parts such as exhaust. Drain plug: : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) 5. 6. 7. F G H Run engine at idle speed for 5 minutes. Check fluid level and condition. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . If fluid is still dirty, repeat step 2. through 5. Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge in the fluid charging pipe. I J Level gauge bolt: : 5.1 N·m (0.52 kg-m, 45 in-lb) K Checking A/T Fluid 1. 2. 3. 4. a. b. c. d. e. f. 5. ACS000G8 Warm up engine. Check for fluid leakage. Remove the tightening bolt for A/T fluid level gauge. Before driving, fluid level can be checked at fluid temperatures of 30 to 50°C (86 to 122°F) using “COLD” range on A/T fluid level gauge as follows. Park vehicle on level surface and set parking brake. Start engine and move selector lever through each gear position. Leave selector lever in “P” position. Check fluid level with engine idling. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and wipe clean with lint-free paper. CAUTION: When wiping away the fluid level gauge, always use lint-free paper, not a cloth one. Re-insert A/T fluid level gauge into charging pipe as far as it will go. CAUTION: To check fluid level, insert the A/T fluid level gauge until the cap contacts the end of the charging pipe, with the gauge reversed from the normal attachment conditions. Remove A/T fluid level gauge and note reading. If reading is at low side of range, add fluid to the charging pipe. CAUTION: Do not overfill. Drive vehicle for approximately 5 minutes in urban areas. AT-13 L M A/T FLUID 6. Make the fluid temperature approximately 65°C (149°F). NOTE: Fluid level will be greatly affected by temperature as shown in figure. Therefore, be certain to perform operation while checking data with CONSULT-II. a. b. c. 7. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP 1”. Re-check fluid level at fluid temperatures of approximately 65°C (149°F) using “HOT” range on A/T fluid level gauge. CAUTION: ● When wiping away the fluid level gauge, always use lint-free paper, not a cloth one. ● To check fluid level, insert the A/T fluid level gauge until the cap contacts the end of the charging pipe, with the gauge reversed from the normal attachment conditions as shown. Check fluid condition. ● If fluid is very dark or smells burned, refer to check operation of A/T. Flush cooling system after repair of A/T. ● If A/T fluid contains frictional material (clutches, bands, etc.), replace radiator and flush cooler line using cleaning solvent and compressed air after repair of A/T. Refer to CO-13, SCIA2899E "RADIATOR" , CO-18, "RADIATOR (ALUMINUM TYPE)" and AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning" . Install the removed A/T fluid level gauge in the fluid charging pipe. SLIA0016E 8. 9. Level gauge bolt: : 5.1 N·m (0.52 kg-m, 45 in-lb) AT-14 A/T FLUID A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning ACS006CU A Whenever an automatic transmission is repaired, overhauled, or replaced, the A/T fluid cooler mounted in the radiator must be inspected and cleaned. Metal debris and friction material, if present, can become trapped in the A/T fluid cooler. This debris can contaminate the newly serviced A/T or, in severe cases, can block or restrict the flow of A/T fluid. In either case, B malfunction of the newly serviced A/T may result. Debris, if present, may build up as A/T fluid enters the cooler inlet. It will be necessary to back flush the cooler through the cooler outlet in order to flush out any built up debris. AT A/T FLUID COOLER CLEANING PROCEDURE 1. 2. 3. 4. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses. Identify the inlet and outlet fluid cooler hoses. Disconnect the fluid cooler inlet and outlet rubber hoses from the steel cooler tubes or bypass valve. NOTE: Replace the cooler hoses if rubber material from the hose remains on the tube fitting. Allow any A/T fluid that remains in the cooler hoses to drain into the oil pan. D E F G SCIA3830E 5. 6. 7. 8. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose. CAUTION: ● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying the Transmission Cooler Cleaner. ● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation. ● Avoid contact with eyes and skin. ● Do not breath vapors or spray mist. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and of the cooler outlet hose. H I J K SCIA3831E L M SCIA3832E 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through the cooler outlet hose for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid. Repeat steps 5 through 9 three additional times. Position an oil pan under the banjo bolts that connect the fluid cooler steel lines to the transmission. Remove the banjo bolts. Flush each steel line from the cooler side back toward the transmission by spraying Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream for 5 seconds. AT-15 A/T FLUID 14. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through each steel line from the cooler side back toward the transmission for 10 seconds to force out any remaining fluid. 15. Ensure all debris is removed from the steel cooler lines. 16. Ensure all debris is removed from the banjo bolts and fittings. 17. Perform AT-16, "A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE" . A/T FLUID COOLER DIAGNOSIS PROCEDURE NOTE: Insufficient cleaning of the cooler inlet hose exterior may lead to inaccurate debris identification. 1. Position an oil pan under the automatic transmission's inlet and outlet cooler hoses. 2. Clean the exterior and tip of the cooler inlet hose. 3. Insert the extension adapter hose of a can of Transmission Cooler Cleaner (Nissan P/N 999MP-AM006) into the cooler outlet hose. CAUTION: ● Wear safety glasses and rubber gloves when spraying the Transmission Cooler Cleaner. ● Spray cooler cleaner only with adequate ventilation. ● Avoid contact with eyes and skin. ● Do not breath vapors or spray mist. 4. Hold the hose and can as high as possible and spray Transmission Cooler Cleaner in a continuous stream into the cooler outlet hose until fluid flows out of the cooler inlet hose for 5 seconds. 5. Tie a common white, basket-type coffee filter to the end of the cooler inlet hose. SCIA3831E SCIA3833E 6. 7. Insert the tip of an air gun into the end of the cooler outlet hose. Wrap a shop rag around the air gun tip and end of cooler outlet hose. Blow compressed air regulated to 5 - 9 kg/cm2 (70 - 130 psi) through the cooler outlet hose to force any remaining A/T fluid into the coffee filter. 9. Remove the coffee filter from the end of the cooler inlet hose. 10. Perform AT-17, "A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE" . 8. SCIA3834E AT-16 A/T FLUID A/T FLUID COOLER INSPECTION PROCEDURE 1. a. A Inspect the coffee filter for debris. If small metal debris less than 1mm (0.040 in) in size or metal powder is found in the coffee filter, this is normal. If normal debris is found, the A/T fluid cooler/radiator can be re-used and the procedure is ended. B AT SCIA2967E b. If one or more pieces of debris are found that are over 1mm (0.040 in) size and/or peeled clutch facing material is found in the coffee filter, the fluid cooler is not serviceable. The A/T fluid cooler/radiator must be replaced and the inspection procedure is ended.Refer to CO-13, "RADIATOR" and CO-18, "RADIATOR (ALUMINUM TYPE)" . D E F G SCIA5257E H A/T FLUID COOLER FINAL INSPECTION After performing all procedures, ensure that all remaining oil is cleaned from all components. I J K L M AT-17 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Cross-Sectional View PFP:31036 ACS0008B SCIA5262E 1. Front planetary gear 2. Mid planetary gear 3. Rear planetary gear 4. Direct clutch 5. High and low reverse clutch 6. Reverse brake 7. Drum support Low coast brake 8. Forward brake 9. 10. Input shaft 11. Torque converter 12. Oil pump 13. Front brake 14. 3rd one-way clutch 15. Input clutch 16. 1st one-way clutch 17. Control valve 18. Forward one-way clutch 19. Rear extension 20. Output shaft AT-18 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Shift Mechanism ACS0029L The automatic transmission uses compact dual planetary gear systems to improve power-transmission efficiency, simplify construction and reduce weight. It also employs an optimum shift control and super wide gear ratios. They improve starting performance and acceleration during medium and high-speed operation. A B CONSTRUCTION AT D E F G H PCIA0002J 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake Forward one-way clutch 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl I J K FUNCTION OF CLUTCH AND BRAKE Name of the Part Abbreviation Function Front brake (1) Fr/B Input clutch (2) I/C Connects the input shaft (12), the front internal gear (14) and the mid internal gear (13). Direct clutch (3) D/C Connects the rear carrier (15) and the rear sun gear (16). High and low reverse clutch (4) H&LR/C Fastens the front sun gear (11). Connects the mid sun gear (17) and the rear sun gear (16). Reverse brake (5) R/B Forward brake (6) Fwd/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17). LC/B Fastens the mid sun gear (17). Low coast brake (7) Fastens the rear carrier (15). 1st/OWC Allows the rear sun gear (16) to turn freely forward relative to the mid sun gear (17) but fastens it for reverse rotation. Forward one-way clutch (9) Fwd/OWC Allows the mid sun gear (17) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for reverse rotation. 3rd one-way clutch (10) 3rd/OWC Allows the front sun gear (11) to turn freely in the forward direction but fastens it for reverse rotation. 1st one-way clutch (8) L AT-19 M A/T CONTROL SYSTEM CLUTCH AND BAND CHART SCIA1524E AT-20 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM POWER TRANSMISSION “N” Position A Since both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, torque from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft. B “P” Position ● ● The same as for the “N” position, both the forward brake and the reverse brake are released, so torque from the input shaft drive is not transmitted to the output shaft. AT The parking pawl linked with the select lever meshes with the parking gear and fastens the output shaft mechanically. D E F G H I PCIA0003J 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl J K L M AT-21 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “D”, “M2”, “M3”, “M4”, “M5” Positions 1st Gear ● ● ● ● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. The 1st one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the rear sun gear. The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear. During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and the engine brake is not activated. SCIA1512E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. 7. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-22 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “M1” Position 1st Gear ● ● ● ● ● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. High and low reverse clutch connects the rear sun gear and the mid sun gear. The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear. During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine brake functions. A B AT D E F G H I J K SCIA1513E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-23 L M A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “D”, “M3”, “M4”, “M5” Positions 2nd Gear ● ● ● ● The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. The 3rd one-way clutch regulates reverse rotation of the front sun gear. The direct clutch is coupled and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. During deceleration, the mid sun gear turns forward, so the forward one-way clutch idles and engine brake is not activated. SCIA1514E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. 7. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-24 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “M1”, “M2” Position 2nd Gear ● ● ● ● ● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. The forward brake and the forward one-way clutch regulate reverse rotation of the mid sun gear. The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. The low coast brake fastens the mid sun gear. During deceleration, the low coast brake regulates forward rotation of the mid sun gear and the engine brake functions. A B AT D E F G H I J K SCIA1515E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-25 L M A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “D”, “M3”, “M4”, “M5” Positions 3rd Gear ● ● ● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected. SCIA1516E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-26 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “D”, “M4”, “M5” Positions 4th Gear ● ● ● ● The direct clutch is coupled, and the rear carrier and rear sun gear are connected. The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected. The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected. The drive power is conveyed to the front internal gear, mid internal gear, and rear carrier and the three planetary gears rotate forward as one unit. A B AT D E F G H I J SCIA1517E 1. Front brake 4. High and low reverse clutch 7. Low coast brake 10. 3rd one-way clutch 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-27 K L M A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “D”, “M5” Positions 5th Gear ● ● ● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. The input clutch is coupled and the front internal gear and mid internal gear are connected. The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected. SCIA1518E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-28 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM “R” Position ● ● ● The front brake fastens the front sun gear. The high and low reverse clutch is coupled and the mid sun gear and rear sun gear are connected. The reverse brake fastens the rear carrier. A B AT D E F G H I J SCIA1519E 1. Front brake 2. Input clutch 3. Direct clutch 4. High and low reverse clutch 5. Reverse brake 6. Forward brake 7. Low coast brake 8. 1st one-way clutch 9. Forward one-way clutch 10. 3rd one-way clutch 11. Front sun gear 12. Input shaft 13. Mid internal gear 14. Front internal gear 15. Rear carrier 16. Rear sun gear 17. Mid sun gear 18. Front carrier 19. Mid carrier 20. Rear internal gear 21. Output shaft 22. Parking gear 23. Parking pawl AT-29 K L M A/T CONTROL SYSTEM TCM Function ACS0008E The function of the TCM is to: ● Receive input signals sent from various switches and sensors. ● Determine required line pressure, shifting point, lock-up operation, and engine brake operation. ● Send required output signals to the respective solenoids. CONTROL SYSTEM OUTLINE The automatic transmission senses vehicle operating conditions through various sensors or signals. It always controls the optimum shift position and reduces shifting and lock-up shocks. SENSORS TCM ACTUATORS PNP switch Throttle position sensor Accelerator pedal position sensor Closed throttle position signal Wide-open throttle position signal Engine speed signal A/T fluid temperature sensor Revolution sensor Vehicle speed signal Manual mode switch Brake switch signal Turbine revolution sensor Shift control Line pressure control Lock-up control Engine brake control Timing control Fail-safe control Self-diagnosis CONSULT-II communication line Duet-EA control CAN system Input clutch solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Low coast brake solenoid valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Line pressure solenoid valve A/T CHECK indicator lamp Þ Þ CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM SCIA5192E AT-30 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM CAN Communication ACS0008F A SYSTEM DESCRIPTION CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other B control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. AT For details, refer to LAN-4, "CAN Communication Unit" . Input/Output Signal of TCM Line pressure control Vehicle speed control Shift control Lock-up control Engine brake control Fail-safe function (*3) Self-diagnostics function Accelerator pedal position signal (*5) X X X X X X X Vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) X X X X X X Vehicle speed sensor MTR(*1) (*5) X X X X Closed throttle position signal(*5) (*2) X (*2) X (*2) X (*2) X Turbine revolution sensor 1 X X X X Turbine revolution sensor 2 (for 4th speed only) X X X X Control item Wide-open throttle position signal(*5) Input ACS000GO (*2) X X Brake switch signal(*5) X X X X X X X G Direct clutch solenoid (ATF pressure switch 5) X Input clutch solenoid (ATF pressure switch 3) X X X X X X X X (*4) X X X X X X X X X X High & low reverse clutch solenoid (ATF pressure switch 6) X X X X Front brake solenoid (ATF pressure switch 1) X X X X Low coast brake solenoid (ATF pressure switch 2) X X X X X X X X X X X X TCC solenoid X X Self-diagnostics table(*6) X *1: Spare for vehicle speed sensor·A/T (revolution sensor) *2: Spare for accelerator pedal position signal *3: If these input and output signals are different, the TCM triggers the fail-safe function. *4: Used as a condition for starting self-diagnostics; if self-diagnostics are not started, it is judged that there is some kind of error. *5: Input by CAN communications. *6: Output by CAN communications. AT-31 J K X X I (*4) X X Line pressure solenoid X X X X release signal(*5) Output X X X Overdrive TCM power supply voltage signal X X Cruise signal(*5) ASCD F H X A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2 E (*4) X (*4) X Engine speed signals(*5) PNP switch X D L M A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Line Pressure Control ● ● ACS0008G When an input torque signal equivalent to the engine drive force is sent from the ECM to the TCM, the TCM controls the line pressure solenoid. This line pressure solenoid controls the pressure regulator valve as the signal pressure and adjusts the pressure of the operating oil discharged from the oil pump to the line pressure most appropriate to the driving state. PCIA0007E LINE PRESSURE CONTROL IS BASED ON THE TCM LINE PRESSURE CHARACTERISTIC PATTERN ● ● The TCM has stored in memory a number of patterns for the optimum line pressure characteristic for the driving state. In order to obtain the most appropriate line pressure characteristic to meet the current driving state, the TCM controls the line pressure solenoid current valve and thus controls the line pressure. Normal Control Each clutch is adjusted to the necessary pressure to match the engine drive force. PCIA0008E Back-up Control (Engine Brake) When the select operation is executed during driving and the transmission is shifted down, the line pressure is set according to the vehicle speed. PCIA0009E AT-32 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM During Shift Change A The necessary and adequate line pressure for shift change is set. For this reason, line pressure pattern setting corresponds to input torque and gearshift selection. Also, line pressure characteristic is according to engine speed, during engine brake operation. B AT D E F G PCIA0010E At Low Fluid Temperature H When the A/T fluid temperature drops below the prescribed temperature, in order to speed up the action of each friction element, the line pressure is set higher than the normal line pressure characteristic. I J K PCIA0011E L M AT-33 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Shift Control ACS0008H The clutch pressure control solenoid is controlled by the signals from the switches and sensors. Thus, the clutch pressure is adjusted to be appropriate to the engine load state and vehicle driving state. It becomes possible to finely control the clutch hydraulic pressure with high precision and a smoother shift change characteristic is attained. PCIA0012E SHIFT CHANGE The clutch is controlled with the optimum timing and oil pressure by the engine speed, engine torque information, etc. Shift Change System Diagram PCIA0013E *1: Full phase real-time feedback control monitors movement of gear ratio at gear change, and controls oil pressure at real-time to achieve the best gear ratio. Lock-Up Control ACS0008I The torque converter clutch piston in the torque converter is engaged to eliminate torque converter slip to increase power transmission efficiency. The torque converter clutch control valve operation is controlled by the torque converter clutch solenoid valve, which is controlled by a signal from TCM, and the torque converter clutch control valve engages or releases the torque converter clutch piston. AT-34 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Lock-up Operation Condition Table Select lever Gear position D position, M5 position M4 position 5 4 Lock-up × – × Slip lock-up × × – A 4 B TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH CONTROL VALVE CONTROL Lock-up Control System Diagram AT D E F PCIA0014E Lock-up Released ● G In the lock-up released state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the unlocked state by the torque converter clutch solenoid and the lock-up apply pressure is drained. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is not coupled. H Lock-up Applied ● In the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch control valve is set into the locked state by the torque converter clutch solenoid and lock-up apply pressure is generated. In this way, the torque converter clutch piston is pressed and coupled. SMOOTH LOCK-UP CONTROL When shifting from the lock-up released state to the lock-up applied state, the current output to the torque converter clutch solenoid is controlled with the TCM. In this way, when shifting to the lock-up applied state, the torque converter clutch is temporarily set to the half-clutched state to reduce the shock. Half-clutched State ● The current output from the TCM to the torque converter clutch solenoid is varied to steadily increase the torque converter clutch solenoid pressure. In this way, the lock-up apply pressure gradually rises and while the torque converter clutch piston is put into half-clutched status, the torque converter clutch piston operating pressure is increased and the coupling is completed smoothly. J K L M Slip Lock-up Control ● I In the slip region, the torque converter clutch solenoid current is controlled with the TCM to put it into the half-clutched state. This absorbs the engine torque fluctuation and lock-up operates from low speed. This raises the fuel efficiency for 4th and 5th gear at both low speed and when the accelerator has a low degree of opening. AT-35 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Engine Brake Control ● ACS0008J The forward one-way clutch transmits the drive force from the engine to the rear wheels. But the reverse drive from the rear wheels is not transmitted to the engine because the one-way clutch is idling. Therefore, the low coast brake solenoid is operated to prevent the forward one-way clutch from idling and the engine brake is operated in the same manner as conventionally. PCIA0015E ● The operation of the low coast brake solenoid switches the low coast brake switching valve and controls the coupling and releasing of the low coast brake. The low coast brake reducing valve controls the low coast brake coupling force. Control Valve ACS0008K FUNCTION OF CONTROL VALVE Name Function Torque converter regulator valve In order to prevent the pressure supplied to the torque converter from being excessive, the line pressure is adjusted to the optimum pressure (torque converter operating pressure). Pressure regulator valve Pressure regulator plug Pressure regulator sleeve Adjusts the oil discharged from the oil pump to the optimum pressure (line pressure) for the driving state. Front brake control valve When the front brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (front brake pressure) and supplies it to the front brake. (In 1st, 2nd, 3rd, and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.) Accumulator control valve Adjusts the pressure (accumulator control pressure) acting on the accumulator piston and low coast reducing valve to the pressure appropriate to the driving state. Pilot valve A Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required for line pressure control, shift change control, and lock-up control. Pilot valve B Adjusts the line pressure and produces the constant pressure (pilot pressure) required for shift change control. Low coast brake switching valve During engine braking, supplies the line pressure to the low coast brake reducing valve. Low coast brake reducing valve When the low coast brake is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (low coast brake pressure) and supplies it to the low coast brake. N-R accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-R is selected. Direct clutch piston switching valve Operates in 4th gear and switches the direct clutch coupling capacity. High and low reverse clutch control valve When the high and low reverse clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (high and low reverse clutch pressure) and supplies it to the high and low reverse clutch. (In 1st, 3rd, 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.) AT-36 A/T CONTROL SYSTEM Name Function Input clutch control valve When the input clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (input clutch pressure) and supplies it to the input clutch. (In 4th and 5th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.) Direct clutch control valve When the direct clutch is coupled, adjusts the line pressure to the optimum pressure (direct clutch pressure) and supplies it to the direct clutch. (In 2nd, 3rd, and 4th gears, adjusts the clutch pressure.) TCC control valve TCC control plug TCC control sleeve Switches the lock-up to operating or released. Also, by executing the lock-up operation transiently, lock-up smoothly. Torque converter lubrication valve Operates during lock-up to switch the torque converter, cooling, and lubrication system oil path. Cool bypass valve Allows excess oil to bypass cooler circuit without being fed into it. Line pressure relief valve Discharges excess oil from line pressure circuit. N-D accumulator Produces the stabilizing pressure for when N-D is selected. Manual valve Sends line pressure to each circuit according to the select position. The circuits to which the line pressure is not sent drain. A B AT D E F FUNCTION OF PRESSURE SWITCH Name Function Pressure switch 1 (Fr/B) Detects any malfunction in the front brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode. Pressure switch 2 (LC/B) Detects any malfunction in the low coast brake hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode. Pressure switch 3 (I/C) Detects any malfunction in the input clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode. Pressure switch 5 (D/C) Detects any malfunction in the direct clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode. Pressure switch 6 (H&LR/C) Detects any malfunction in the high and low reverse clutch hydraulic pressure. When it detects any malfunction, it puts the system into fail-safe mode. G H I J K L M AT-37 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM Introduction PFP:00028 ACS0008L The A/T system has two self-diagnostic systems. The first is the emission-related on board diagnostic system (OBD-II) performed by the TCM in combination with the ECM. The malfunction is indicated by the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) and is stored as a DTC in the ECM memory but not the TCM memory. The second is the TCM original self-diagnosis indicated by the A/T CHECK indicator lamp. The malfunction is stored in the TCM memory. The detected items are overlapped with OBD-II self-diagnostic items. For detail, refer to AT-93, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" . OBD-II Function for A/T System ACS0008M The ECM provides emission-related on board diagnostic (OBD-II) functions for the A/T system. One function is to receive a signal from the TCM used with OBD-related parts of the A/T system. The signal is sent to the ECM when a malfunction occurs in the corresponding OBD-related part. The other function is to indicate a diagnostic result by means of the MIL (malfunction indicator lamp) on the instrument panel. Sensors, switches and solenoid valves are used as sensing elements. The MIL automatically illuminates in One or Two Trip Detection Logic when a malfunction is sensed in relation to A/T system parts. One or Two Trip Detection Logic of OBD-II ACS0008N ONE TRIP DETECTION LOGIC If a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, the MIL will illuminate and the malfunction will be stored in the ECM memory as a DTC. The TCM is not provided with such a memory function. TWO TRIP DETECTION LOGIC When a malfunction is sensed during the first test drive, it is stored in the ECM memory as a 1st trip DTC (diagnostic trouble code) or 1st trip freeze frame data. At this point, the MIL will not illuminate. — First Trip If the same malfunction as that experienced during the first test drive is sensed during the second test drive, the MIL will illuminate. — Second Trip The “trip” in the “One or Two Trip Detection Logic” means a driving mode in which self-diagnosis is performed during vehicle operation. OBD-II Diagnostic Trouble Code (DTC) ACS004ZB HOW TO READ DTC AND 1ST TRIP DTC DTC and 1st trip DTC can be read by the following methods. ( with CONSULT-II or GST) CONSULT-II or GST (Generic Scan Tool) Examples: P0705, P0720 etc. These DTC are prescribed by SAE J2012. (CONSULT-II also displays the malfunctioning component or system.) ● 1st trip DTC No. is the same as DTC No. ● Output of the diagnostic trouble code indicates that the indicated circuit has a malfunction. However, in case of the Mode II and GST, they do not indicate whether the malfunction is still occurring or occurred in the past and returned to normal. CONSULT-II can identify them as shown below, therefore, CONSULT-II (if available) is recommended. A sample of CONSULT-II display for DTC and 1st trip DTC is shown on the next page. DTC or 1st trip DTC of a malfunction is displayed in SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Time data indicates how many times the vehicle was driven after the last detection of a DTC. SAT014K AT-38 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM If the DTC is being detected currently, the time data will be “0”. A B AT SAT015K D If a 1st trip DTC is stored in the ECM, the time data will be “1t”. E F G SAT016K Freeze Frame Data and 1st Trip Freeze Frame Data The ECM has a memory function, which stores the driving condition such as fuel system status, calculated load value, engine coolant temperature, short term fuel trim, long term fuel trim, engine speed and vehicle speed at the moment the ECM detects a malfunction. Data which are stored in the ECM memory, along with the 1st trip DTC, are called 1st trip freeze frame data, and the data, stored together with the DTC data, are called freeze frame data and displayed on CONSULT-II or GST. The 1st trip freeze frame data can only be displayed on the CONSULT-II screen, not on the GST. For detail, refer to EC-105, "CONSULT-II Function" . Only one set of freeze frame data (either 1st trip freeze frame data of freeze frame data) can be stored in the ECM. 1st trip freeze frame data is stored in the ECM memory along with the 1st trip DTC. There is no priority for 1st trip freeze frame data and it is updated each time a different 1st trip DTC is detected. However, once freeze frame data (2nd trip detection/MIL on) is stored in the ECM memory, 1st trip freeze frame data is no longer stored. Remember, only one set of freeze frame data can be stored in the ECM. The ECM has the following priorities to update the data. Priority 1 Items Freeze frame data 2 3 Misfire — DTC: P0300 - P0306 Fuel Injection System Function — DTC: P0171, P0172, P0174, P0175 Except the above items (Includes A/T related items) 1st trip freeze frame data Both 1st trip freeze frame data and freeze frame data (along with the DTC) are cleared when the ECM memory is erased. HOW TO ERASE DTC The diagnostic trouble code can be erased by CONSULT-II, GST or ECM DIAGNOSTIC TEST MODE as described following. ● If the battery cable is disconnected, the diagnostic trouble code will be lost within 24 hours. ● When you erase the DTC, using CONSULT-II or GST is easier and quicker than switching the mode selector on the ECM. The following emission-related diagnostic information is cleared from the ECM memory when erasing DTC related to OBD-II. For details, refer to EC-47, "Emission-related Diagnostic Information" . ● Diagnostic trouble codes (DTC) ● 1st trip diagnostic trouble codes (1st trip DTC) ● Freeze frame data AT-39 H I J K L M ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM ● ● ● 1st trip freeze frame data System readiness test (SRT) codes Test values HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH CONSULT-II) ● 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. If a DTC is displayed for both ECM and TCM, it is necessary to be erased for both ECM and TCM. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again. Turn CONSULT-II “ON” and touch “A/T”. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the TCM will be erased.) Then touch “BACK” twice. Touch “ENGINE”. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. Touch “ERASE”. (The DTC in the ECM will be erased.) SCIA5334E HOW TO ERASE DTC (WITH GST) 1. 2. 3. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again. Perform “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools)”. Refer to AT-103, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.) Select Mode 4 with Generic Scan Tool (GST). For details, refer to EC-117, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" . AT-40 ON BOARD DIAGNOSTIC (OBD) SYSTEM HOW TO ERASE DTC (NO TOOLS) A The A/T CHECK indicator lamp is located on the instrument panel. 1. If the ignition switch stays “ON” after repair work, be sure to turn ignition switch “OFF” once. Wait at least 10 seconds and then turn it “ON” (engine stopped) again. B 2. Perform “TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No Tools)”. Refer toAT-103, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . (The engine warm-up step can be skipped when performing the diagnosis only to erase the DTC.) AT 3. Perform “OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (No tools)”. Refer to EC-60, "How to Erase DTC" . Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL) ACS0008P DESCRIPTION D The MIL is located on the instrument panel. 1. The MIL will light up when the ignition switch is turned “ON” without the engine running. This is a bulb check. ● If the MIL does not light up, refer to DI-25, "WARNING LAMPS" , or see EC-632, "MIL AND DATA LINK CONNECTOR" . 2. When the engine is started, the MIL should go off. If the MIL remains on, the on board diagnostic system has detected an engine system malfunction. E F G SEF217U H I J K L M AT-41 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS DTC Inspection Priority Chart PFP:00004 ACS0008Q If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority chart. NOTE: If DTC U1000 is displayed with other DTCs, first perform the trouble diagnosis for DTC U1000. Refer to AT-105 . Priority Detected items (DTC) 1 U1000 CAN communication line 2 Except above Fail-Safe ACS0008R The TCM has an electrical fail-safe mode. This mode makes it possible to operate even if there is a malfunction in a main electronic control input/output signal circuit. In fail-safe mode, even if the select lever is “D” or “M” mode, the transmission is fixed in 2nd or 4th (depending on the breakdown position), so the customer should feel “slipping” or “poor acceleration”. When fail-safe mode is triggered, when the ignition switch is switched “ON”, the A/T CHECK indicator lamp flashes for about 8 seconds. (Refer toAT-103, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" ). Even when the electronic circuits are normal, under special conditions (for example, when slamming on the brake with the wheels spinning drastically and stopping the tire rotation), the transmission can go into fail-safe mode. If this happens, switch “OFF” the ignition switch for 10 seconds, then switch it “ON” again to return to the normal shift pattern. Also, the A/T CHECK indicator lamp flashes for about 8 seconds once, then is cleared. Therefore, the customer's vehicle has returned to normal, so handle according to the “diagnostics flow” (Refer to AT-45 ). FAIL-SAFE FUNCTION If any malfunction occurs in a sensor or solenoid, this function controls the A/T to make driving possible. Vehicle Speed Sensor ● Signals are input from two systems - from vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) installed on the transmission and from combination meter so normal driving is possible even if there is a malfunction in one of the systems. And if vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) has unusual cases, 5th gear and manual mode are prohibited. Accelerator Pedal Position Sensor ● If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow systems, the engine speed is fixed by ECM to a pre-determined engine speed to make driving possible. Throttle Position Sensor ● If there is a malfunction in one of the systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by ECM according to a pre-determined accelerator angle to make driving possible. And if there are malfunctions in tow systems, the accelerator opening angle is controlled by the idle signal sent from the ECM which is based on input indicating either idle condition or off-idle condition (pre-determined accelerator opening) in order to make driving possible. PNP Switch ● In the unlikely event that a malfunction signal enters the TCM, the position indicator is switched “OFF”, the starter relay is switched “OFF” (starter starting is disabled), and the position is fixed to the “D” range to make driving possible. Starter Relay ● The starter relay is switched “OFF”. (Starter starting is disabled.) AT-42 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A/T Interlock ● ● If there is an A/T interlock judgment malfunction, the transmission is fixed in 2nd gear to make driving possible. NOTE: When the vehicle is driven fixed in 2nd gear, a turbine revolution sensor malfunction is displayed, but this is not a turbine revolution sensor malfunction. When the coupling pattern below is detected, the fail-safe action corresponding to the pattern is executed. A B AT A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE ●: NG X: OK ATF pressure switch output Gear position A/T interlock coupling pattern Fail-safe function Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe function SW3 (I/C) SW6 (HLR/ C) SW5 (D/C) SW1 (FR/B) SW2 (LC/B) 3rd – X X – ● Held in 2nd gear OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 4th – X X – ● Held in 2nd gear OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 5th X X – X ● Held in 2nd gear OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B D L/U E F G A/T 1st Engine Braking ● When there is an A/T first gear engine brake judgment malfunction, the low coast brake solenoid is switched “OFF” to avoid the engine brake operation. H Line Pressure Solenoid ● The solenoid is switched “OFF” and the line pressure is set to the maximum hydraulic pressure to make driving possible. I Torque Converter Clutch Solenoid ● The solenoid is switched “OFF” to release the lock-up. J Low Coast Brake Solenoid ● When a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs, in order to make driving possible, if the solenoid is “ON”, the transmission is held in 2nd gear; if the solenoid is “OFF”, the transmission is held in 4th gear. (engine brake is not applied in 1st and 2nd gear.) Input Clutch Solenoid ● L If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either “ON” or “OFF”, the transmission is held in 4th gear to make driving possible. M Direct Clutch Solenoid ● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either “ON” or “OFF”, the transmission is held in 4th gear to make driving possible. Front Brake Solenoid ● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid “ON”, in order to make driving possible, the A/T is held in 5th gear; if the solenoid is OFF, 4th gear. High and Low Reverse Clutch Solenoid ● If a (electrical or functional) malfunction occurs with the solenoid either “ON” or “OFF”, the transmission is held in 4th gear to make driving possible. Turbine Revolution Sensor 1 or 2 ● K The control is the same as if there were no turbine revolution sensors, 5th gear and manual mode are prohibited. AT-43 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS How To Perform Trouble Diagnosis For Quick and Accurate Repair ACS0008S INTRODUCTION The TCM receives a signal from the vehicle speed sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor) or PNP switch and provides shift control or lock-up control via A/T solenoid valves. The TCM also communicates with the ECM by means of a signal sent from sensing elements used with the OBD-related parts of the A/T system for malfunction-diagnostic purposes. The TCM is capable of diagnosing malfunctioning parts while the ECM can store malfunctions in its memory. Input and output signals must always be correct and stable in the operation of the A/T system. The A/T system must be in good operating condition and be free of valve seizure, solenoid valve malfunction, etc. SAT631IB It is much more difficult to diagnose an error that occurs intermittently rather than continuously. Most intermittent errors are caused by poor electric connections or improper wiring. In this case, careful checking of suspected circuits may help prevent the replacement of good parts. A visual check only may not find the cause of the errors. A road test with CONSULT-II (or GST) or a circuit tester connected should be performed. Follow the AT-45, "WORK FLOW" . SAT632I Before undertaking actual checks, take a few minutes to talk with a customer who approaches with a driveability complaint. The customer can supply good information about such errors, especially intermittent ones. Find out what symptoms are present and under what conditions they occur. A “Diagnostic Worksheet” as shown on the example (Refer to AT-46 ) should be used. Start your diagnosis by looking for “conventional” errors first. This will help troubleshoot driveability errors on an electronically controlled engine vehicle. Also check related Service bulletins. SEF234G AT-44 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS WORK FLOW A good understanding of the malfunction conditions can make troubleshooting faster and more accurate. In general, each customer feels differently about a malfunction. It is important to fully understand the symptoms or conditions for a customer complaint. Make good use of the two sheets provided, “Information From Customer” (Refer to AT-46 ) and “Diagnostic Worksheet” (Refer to AT-46 ), to perform the best troubleshooting possible. A B Work Flow Chart AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA0501E *1. AT-46 *2. AT-46 *3. AT-42 *4. AT-51 *5. AT-51, AT-52 *6. AT-54 *7. AT-92 *8. AT-38 *9. AT-103 *10. AT-105 *11. AT-244 *12. AT-246 *13. AT-286 *14. AT-62 *15. AT-39 *16. AT-105 *17. AT-240 *18. EC-47 AT-45 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET Information From Customer KEY POINTS ● WHAT..... Vehicle & A/T model ● WHEN..... Date, Frequencies ● WHERE..... Road conditions ● HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms Customer name MR/MS Model & Year VIN Trans. Model Engine Mileage Incident Date Manful. Date In Service Date Frequency ❏ Continuous Symptoms ❏ Vehicle does not move. ❏ No up-shift ❏ Intermittent ( ❏ Particular position) (❏ Any position (❏ 1st → 2nd ❏ No down-shift times a day) ❏ 2nd → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 4th ❏ 4th → 5th) (❏ 5th → 4th ❏ 4th → 3rd ❏ 3rd → 2nd ❏ 2nd → 1st) ❏ Lock-up malfunction ❏ Shift point too high or too low. ❏ Shift shock or slip (❏ N → D ❏ Lock-up ❏ Any drive position) ❏ Noise or vibration ❏ No kick down ❏ No pattern select ❏ Others ( A/T CHECK indicator lamp ) Blinks for about 8 seconds. Malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit ❏ Continuously lit ❏ Not lit Diagnostic Worksheet Chart 1 ❏ Read the item on “cautions concerning fail-safe and understand the customer's complaint. AT-42 ❏ A/T fluid inspection 2 ❏ Leak (Repair leak location.) ❏ State ❏ Amount AT-51 ❏ Stall test and line pressure test ❏ Stall test 3 ❏ Torque converter one-way clutch ❏ Front brake ❏ High and low reverse clutch ❏ Low coast brake ❏ Forward brake ❏ Forward one-way clutch ❏ Line pressure inspection - Suspected part: AT-46 ❏ 1st one-way clutch ❏ 3rd one-way clutch ❏ Engine ❏ Line pressure low ❏ Except for input clutch and direct clutch, clutches and brakes OK AT-51, AT52 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ❏ Execute all road tests and enter checks in required inspection items. AT-54 A Check before engine is started ❏ The A/T CHECK Indicator Lamp does come on. AT-248 . ❏ Execute self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items. AT-55 B ❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T. AT-117 . ❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR. AT-164 . ❏ Direct clutch solenoid valve. AT-196 . ❏ TCC solenoid valve. AT-124 . ❏ Line pressure solenoid valve.AT-134 . ❏ Input clutch solenoid valve. AT-177 . ❏ Front brake solenoid valve. AT-186 . ❏ Low coast brake solenoid valve. AT-215 . ❏ High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve. AT-205 . ❏ PNP switch. AT-112 . ❏ A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2. AT-153 . ❏ Turbine revolution sensors 1, 2. AT-159 . ❏ A/T interlock. AT-166 . ❏ A/T 1st engine braking. AT-173 . ❏ Start signal. AT-108 . ❏ Accelerator pedal position signal. AT-151 . ❏ Engine speed signal. AT-122 . ❏ CAN communication. AT-105 . ❏ TCM power supply. AT-139 . ❏ Battery ❏ Other 4-1. 4 AT D E F G Idle inspection 4-2. H ❏ Engine Cannot Be Started in “P” and “N” Position. AT-250 . ❏ In “ P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed. AT-250 . ❏ In “N” Position Vehicle Moves. AT-251 . ❏ Large Shock “N” to “D” Position. AT-253 . ❏ Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position. AT-255 . ❏ Vehicle does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position. AT-258 . AT-55 I Driving tests J Part 1 4-3. ❏ Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1. AT-260 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2. AT-263 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3. AT-265 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4. AT-267 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5. AT-270 . ❏ A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up. AT-272 ❏ A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition. AT-274 . ❏ Lock-up Is Not Released. AT-276 . ❏ Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle. AT-276 . AT-47 K AT-56 L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Part 2 ❏ Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1. AT-260 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2. AT-263 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3. AT-265 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4. AT-267 . AT-58 Part 3 ❏ Cannot Be Changed Manual Mode. AT-278 ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear. AT-278 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear. AT-280 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear. AT-282 . ❏ A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear →1st gear. AT-284 . ❏ Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake. AT-286 . ❏ Execute self-diagnostics Enter checks for detected items. AT-59 ❏ Vehicle speed sensor·A/T. AT-117 . ❏ Vehicle speed sensor·MTR. AT-164 . ❏ Direct clutch solenoid valve.AT-196 . ❏ TCC solenoid valve. AT-124 . ❏ Line pressure solenoid valve.AT-134 . ❏ Input clutch solenoid valve. AT-177 . ❏ Front brake solenoid valve. AT-186 . ❏ Low coast brake solenoid valve. AT-215 . ❏ High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve. AT-205 ❏ PNP switch. AT-112 . ❏ A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2. AT-153 . ❏ Turbine revolution sensors 1, 2. AT-159 . ❏ A/T interlock. AT-166 . ❏ A/T 1st engine braking. AT-173 . ❏ Start signal.AT-108 . ❏ Accelerator pedal position signal. AT-151 . ❏ Engine sped signal. AT-122 . ❏ CAN communication. AT-105 . ❏ TCM power supply. AT-139 . ❏ Battery ❏ Other 4 4-3 5 ❏ Inspect each system for items found to be NG in the self-diagnostics and repair or replace the malfunction parts. 6 ❏ Execute all road tests and enter the checks again for the required items. AT-54 7 ❏ For any remaining NG items, execute the “diagnostics procedure” and repair or replace the malfunction parts. See the chart for diagnostics by symptoms. (This chart also contains other symptoms and inspection procedures.) AT-62 8 ❏ Erase the results of the self-diagnostics from the TCM. AT-48 AT-92, AT103 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS A/T Electrical Parts Location ACS0008T A B AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA1223E AT-49 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Circuit Diagram ACS0008U TCWT0218E AT-50 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Inspections Before Trouble Diagnosis ACS0008V A A/T FLUID CHECK Fluid Leakage and Fluid Level Check Inspect for fluid leakage and check the fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . ● B Fluid Condition Check Inspect the fluid condition. Fluid status Conceivable Cause AT Required Operation Varnished (viscous varnish state) Clutch, brake scorched Replace the A/T fluid and check the A/T main unit and the vehicle for malfunctions (wire harnesses, cooler pipes, etc.) Milky white or cloudy Water in the fluid Replace the A/T fluid and check for places where water is getting in. Large amount of metal powder mixed in Unusual wear of sliding parts within A/T Replace the A/T fluid and check for improper operation of the A/T. D E SAT638A F STALL TEST Stall Test Procedure 1. 2. G Inspect the amount of engine oil. Replenish the engine oil if necessary. Drive for about 10 minutes to warm up the vehicle so that the A/ T fluid temperature is 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F). Inspect the amount of A/T fluid. Replenish if necessary. H I J SAT647B 3. K Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn. L M SCIA1224E 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. Engine start, apply foot brake, and place selector lever in “D” position. While holding down the foot brake, gradually press down the accelerator pedal. Quickly read off the stall speed, then quickly remove your foot from the accelerator pedal. CAUTION: Do not hold down the accelerator pedal for more than 5 seconds during this test. Move the selector lever to the “N” position. Cool down the A/T fluid. AT-51 SAT514G TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS CAUTION: Run the engine at idle for at least one minute. Stall speed: 2,600 - 2,900 rpm Judgement Stall Test Selector lever position D, M H Expected problem location R ● Forward brake ● Forward one-way clutch ● 1st one-way clutch ● 3rd one-way clutch ● Front brake ● Reverse brake O Stall rotation O H ● 1st one-way clutch L L ● Engine and torque converter one-way clutch H H ● Line pressure low O: Stall speed within standard value position H: Stall speed higher than standard value L: Stall speed lower than standard value Stall test standard value position Does not shift-up D, M position 1 → 2 Slipping in 2nd, 3rd, 4th gears Direct clutch slippage Does not shift-up D, M position 2 → 3 Slipping in 3rd, 4th, 5th gears High and low reverse clutch slippage Does not shift-up D, M position 3 → 4 Slipping in 4th, 5th gears Input clutch slippage Does not shift-up D, M position 4 → 5 Slipping in 5th gear Front brake slippage LINE PRESSURE TEST Line Pressure Test Port SCIA1291E Line Pressure Test Procedure 1. 2. Inspect the amount of engine oil and replenish if necessary. Drive the car for about 10 minutes to warm it up so that the A/T fluid reaches in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F), then inspect the amount of A/T fluid and replenish if necessary. NOTE: The automatic fluid temperature rises in range of 50 to 80°C (122 to 176°F) during 10 minutes of driving. AT-52 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 3. After warming up A/T, remove the oil pressure detection plug and install the oil pressure gauge. CAUTION: When using the oil pressure gauge, be sure to use the Oring attached to the oil pressure detection plug. A B AT SCIA5309E D 4. Securely engage the parking brake so that the tires do not turn. E F G SCIA1224E 5. 6. H Start the engine, then measure the line pressure at both idle and the stall speed. CAUTION: ● Keep the brake pedal pressed all the way down during measurement. ● When measuring the line pressure at the stall speed, refer to AT-51, "STALL TEST" . After the measurements are complete, install the oil pressure detection plug and tighten to the regulation torque below. I J K :7.3 N·m (0.74 kg-m, 65 in-lb) SAT493G CAUTION: Do not reuse the O-ring. L Line Pressure Line pressure Engine speed kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) M R position D, M positions idle speed 392 - 441 (4.0 - 4.5, 57 - 64) 373 - 422 (3.8 - 4.3, 54 - 61) stall speed 1,700 - 1,890 (17.3 - 19.3, 247 - 274) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.3 - 15.3, 190 - 218) AT-53 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Judgement of Line Pressure Test Judgement Possible cause Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and low oil pump output. For example Low for all positions (P, R, N, D, M) Idle speed Only low for a specific position ● Oil pump wear ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking or spring fatigue ● Oil strainer Þ oil pump Þ pressure regulator valve passage oil leak ● Engine idle speed too low Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after the pressure is distributed by the manual valve. Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment function. For example High ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction ● ATF temperature sensor malfunction ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking in “OFF” state, filter clog, cut line) ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking Possible causes include a sensor malfunction or malfunction in the line pressure adjustment function. For example Oil pressure does not rise higher than the oil pressure for idle. Stall speed The pressure rises, but does not enter the standard position. Only low for a specific position ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction ● TCM breakdown ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (shorting, sticking in“ ON” state) ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking ● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged Possible causes include malfunctions in the pressure supply system and malfunction in the line pressure adjustment function. For example ● Accelerator pedal position signal malfunction ● Line pressure solenoid malfunction (sticking, filter clog) ● Pressure regulator valve or plug sticking ● Pilot valve sticking or pilot filter clogged Possible causes include an oil pressure leak in a passage or device related to the position after the pressure is distributed by the manual valve. ROAD TEST Description ● ● 1. 2. 3. ● ● ● The road test inspects overall performance of the A/T and analyzes possible malfunction causes. The road test is carried out in the following three stages. Check before engine is started. Refer to AT-55 . Check at idle. Refer to AT-55 . Cruise test Inspect all the items from Part 1 to Part 3. Refer to AT-56 , AT-58 , AT-59 . Before beginning the road test, check the test procedure and inspection items. Test all inspection items until the symptom is uncovered. Diagnose NG items when all road tests are complete. AT-54 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Check Before Engine is Started ACS001MD 1. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP A 1. Park vehicle on level surface. 2. Move selector lever to “P” position. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Does A/T CHECK indicator lamp light up for about 2 seconds? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-248, "A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" . B AT D 2. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP E Does A/T CHECK indicator lamp flash for about 8 seconds? YES >> For TCM fail-safe mode, carry out self-diagnostics and record all NG items on the diagnostics worksheet. Refer to AT-92 , AT-103 . NO >> 1. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position. 2. Go to AT-55, "Check at Idle" . F Check at Idle G ACS001ME 1. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE 1. Park vehicle on level surface. 2. Move selector lever to “P” position. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Turn ignition switch START. Does the engine start? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Stop the road test and go to AT-250, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" . 2. CHECK STARTING THE ENGINE H I J K 1. Turn ignition switch ON. 2. Move selector lever in “D” or “R” position. 3. Turn ignition switch START. Does the engine start in either position? YES >> Stop the road test and go to AT-250, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" . NO >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK “P” POSITION FUNCTIONS 1. Move selector lever to “P” position. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Disengage the parking brake. 4. Push the vehicle forward or backward. 5. Engage the parking brake. When you push the vehicle with disengaging the parking brake, does it move? YES >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle moves when pushed in “P” position” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. NO >> GO TO 4. AT-55 L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 4. CHECK “N” POSITION FUNCTIONS 1. Start the engine. 2. Move selector lever to “N” position. 3. Release the parking brake. Does vehicle move forward or backward? YES >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle moves in “N” position” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. NO >> GO TO 5. 5. CHECK SHIFT SHOCK 1. Engage the brake. 2. Move selector lever to “D” position. When the transmission is shifted from “N” to “D”, is there an excessive shock? YES >> Enter a check mark at “Large shock when shifted from N to D” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. NO >> GO TO 6. 6. CHECK “R” POSITION FUNCTIONS 1. Engage the brake. 2. Move selector lever to “R” position. 3. Disengage the brake for 4 to 5 seconds. Does the vehicle creep backward? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not creep backward in R position” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. 7. CHECK “D”, “M” POSITION FUNCTIONS Inspect whether the vehicle creep forward when the transmission is put into the “D” or “M” position. Does the vehicle creep forward in the “D” and “M” positions? YES >> Go to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 2" and AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not creep forward in D, M positions” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. Cruise Test - Part 1 ACS001MF Cruise Test Part 1 1. CHECK STARTING OUT FROM D1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. Drive the vehicle for about 10 minutes to warm up the engine oil and A/T fluid. Appropriate temperature for the A/T fluid: 50 - 80°C (122 - 176°F) Park the vehicle on a level surface. Move selector lever to “P” position. Start the engine. Move selector lever to “D” position. Press the accelerator pedal about half way down to accelerate the vehicle. With CONSULT-II Read off the gear positions. Starts from D1? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle cannot be started from D1” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. AT-56 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2 A Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D1 → D2) at the appropriate speed. ● Refer to AT-61 . B With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. AT Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D1 → D2” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue D the road test. 3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3 Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D2 → D3) at the appropriate speed. ● Refer to AT-61 . With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D2 → D3” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. E F G H 4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D3 → D4) at the appropriate speed. ● Refer to AT-61 . With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 at the correct speed? YES >> GO TO 5. NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D3 → D4” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. 5. CHECK SHIFT-UP D4 → D5 Press down the accelerator pedal about half way and inspect if the vehicle shifts up (D4 → D5) at the appropriate speed. ● Refer to AT-61 . With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle degree of opening, and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D4 → D5 at the correct speed? YES >> GO TO 6. NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift D4 → D5” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. AT-57 I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 6. CHECK LOCK-UP When releasing accelerator pedal from D5, check lock-up from D5 to L/U. ● Refer to AT-61 . With CONSULT-II Select “TCC SOLENOID 0.00A” with the “MAIN SIGNAL” mode for A/T. Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE" . Does it lock-up? YES >> GO TO 7. NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not perform lock-up” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. 7. CHECK LOCK-UP HOLD Does it maintain lock-up status? YES >> GO TO 8. NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T hold does not lock-up condition” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. 8. CHECK LOCK-UP RELEASE Check lock-up cancellation by depressing brake pedal lightly to decelerate. With CONSULT-II Select “TCC SOLENOID 0.00A” with the “MAIN SIGNAL” mode for A/T.Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE" . Does lock-up cancel? YES >> GO TO 9. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Lock-up is not released” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. 9. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN D5 → D4 Decelerate by pressing lightly on the brake pedal. With CONSULT-II Read the gear position and engine speed. When the A/T shift-down D5 → D4, does the engine speed drop smoothly back to idle? YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. 2. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-58 ). NO >> Enter a check mark at “A/T does not shift down” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. Go to Cruise test - Part 2 (Refer to AT-58 ). Cruise Test - Part 2 ACS001MG Cruise Test Part 2 1. CHECK STARTING FROM D1 1. 2. Move selector lever the “D” position. Accelerate at half throttle. With CONSULT-II Read the gear position. Does it start from D1? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle cannot be started from D1” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. AT-58 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 2. CHECK SHIFT-UP D1 → D2 A Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D1 → D2) at the correct speed. ● Refer to AT-61 . B With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. AT Does the A/T shift-up D1 → D2 at the correct speed? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift D1 → D2” on the diagnostics worksheet, then conD tinue the road test. 3. CHECK SHIFT-UP D2 → D3 Press the accelerator pedal down all the way and inspect whether or not the transmission shifts up (D2 → D3) at the correct speed. ● Refer to AT-61 . With CONSULT-II Read the gear position, throttle position and vehicle speed. Does the A/T shift-up D2 → D3 at the correct speed? YES >> GO TO 4. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift D2 → D3” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. E F G H 4. CHECK SHIFT-UP D3 → D4 AND ENGINE BRAKE When the transmission changes speed D3 → D4, return the accelerator pedal. Does the A/T shift-up D3 → D4 and apply the engine brake? YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. 2. Go to Cruise test - Part 3 (Refer to AT-59 ). NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift D3 → D4” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. Cruise Test - Part 3 I J K ACS001MH Cruise Test Part 3 L 1. MANUAL MODE FUNCTION Move to manual mode from D position. Does it switch to manual mode? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> Continue road test and add checkmark to “Cannot be changed to manual mode” on diagnostics worksheet. 2. CHECK SHIFT-DOWN During manual mode driving, is downshift from 5M → 4M → 3M → 2M → 1M performed? With CONSULT-II Read the gear position. Is downshifting correctly performed? YES >> GO TO 3. NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not shift” at the corresponding position (5M → 4M , 4M → 3M , 3M → 2M , 2M → 1M ) on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue the road test. AT-59 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 3. CHECK ENGINE BRAKE Does engine braking effectively reduce speed in M1 position? YES >> 1. Stop the vehicle. 2. Carry out the self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-93, "SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE" , AT-103, "Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II" . NO >> Enter a check mark at “Vehicle does not decelerate by engine brake” on the diagnostics worksheet, then continue trouble diagnosis. AT-60 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ACS001MI A Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position ● D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1 Full throttle 58 - 62 (36 - 39) 90 - 98 (56 - 61) 135 - 145 (84 - 90) 201 - 211 (125 - 131) 197 - 207 (122 - 129) 123 - 133 (76 - 83) 76 - 84 (47 - 52) 37 - 41 (23 - 25) Half throttle 46 - 50 (29 - 31) 71 - 79 (44 - 49) 107 - 117 (66 - 73) 135 - 145 (84 - 90) 88 - 98 (55 - 61) 63 - 73 (39 - 45) 29 - 37 (18 - 23) 11 - 15 (7 - 9) B AT At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening. Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ACS001MJ D Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position Closed throttle Half throttle Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF” 56 - 64 (35 - 40) 53 - 61 (33 - 38) 168 - 176 (104 - 109) 131 - 139 (81 - 86) ● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. ● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening. F Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up Throttle position Closed throttle ● ACS001MK Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Gear position Slip lock-up “ON” Slip lock-up “OFF” 4th 37 - 45 (23 - 28) 34 - 42 (21 - 26) 5th 44 - 52 (27 - 32) 41 - 49 (25 - 30) At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. E G H I J K L M AT-61 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Symptom Chart ACS001ML The diagnostics item numbers show the sequence for inspection. Inspect in order from Item 1. No. Items Symptom Large shock. (“N” →“ D” position) Refer to AT-253, "Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position)" . 1 Condition 2 Shift Shock ON vehicle 3 Shock is too large when changing D2 → D3 or M2 → M3 . EC-30 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 5. ATF temperature sensor AT-153 6. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 7. CAN communication line AT-105 8. Fluid level and state AT-51 9. Line pressure test AT-52 10. Control valve assembly AT-299 11. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Engine speed signal AT-122 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR OFF vehicle ON vehicle AT-117, AT164 8. Fluid level and state AT-51 9. Control valve assembly AT-299 10. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Engine speed signal AT-122 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR OFF vehicle Reference page 1. Engine idle speed ON vehicle OFF vehicle Shock is too large when changing D1 → D2 or M1 → M2 . Diagnostic Item AT-117, AT164 8. Fluid level and state AT-51 9. Control valve assembly AT-299 10. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 AT-62 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Shock is too large when changing D3 → D4 or M3 → M4 . 4 Condition ON vehicle Diagnostic Item 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve AT-232, AT-177 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Engine speed signal AT-122 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR OFF vehicle ON vehicle Shock is too large when changing D4 → D5 or M4 → M5 . 5 OFF vehicle ON vehicle AT-51 9. Control valve assembly AT-299 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Engine speed signal AT-122 6. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 6 OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 8. Fluid level and state AT-51 9. Control valve assembly AT-299 10. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-317 11. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. Engine speed signal AT-122 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Shock is too large for downshift when accelerator pedal is pressed. AT-117, AT164 8. Fluid level and state 7. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Shift Shock Reference page B AT D E F G H I J AT-117, AT164 7. Fluid level and state AT-51 8. Control valve assembly AT-299 9. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-317 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 11. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 12. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 AT-63 A K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Diagnostic Item 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. Engine speed signal AT-122 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Shock is too large for upshift when accelerator pedal is released. 7 OFF vehicle Shift Shock ON vehicle 8 Shock is too large for lock-up. ON vehicle 9 Shock is too large during engine brake. OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 7. Fluid level and state AT-51 8. Control valve assembly AT-299 9. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-317 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 11. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 12. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. Engine speed signal AT-122 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 6. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR OFF vehicle Reference page AT-117, AT164 7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 8. Fluid level and state AT-51 9. Control valve assembly AT-299 10. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. Fluid level and state AT-51 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 7. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 8. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 9. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 AT-64 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Gear does not change from D1 → D2 or from M1 → M2 . Refer to AT-263, "A/ T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 " . 10 ON vehicle OFF vehicle Gear does not change from D2 → D3 or from M2 → M3 . Refer to AT-265, "A/ T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 " . 11 ON vehicle OFF vehicle 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve 12 Gear does not change from D3 → D4 or from M3 → M4 . Refer to AT-267, "A/ T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 " . OFF vehicle 13 ON vehicle OFF vehicle AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 4. Line pressure test AT-52 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve AT-232, AT-177 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 5. Line pressure test AT-52 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. CAN communication line AT-105 8. Control valve assembly AT-299 9. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 AT-65 B AT-236, AT-196 5. CAN communication line 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Gear does not change from D4 → D5 or from M4 → M5 . Refer to AT-270, "A/ T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 " . AT-117, AT164 AT-52 ON vehicle A AT-51 4. Line pressure test 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR No Up Shift Reference page AT D E F G H I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR In D or M range, does not downshift to 4th gear. Refer to AT-278, "A/ T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear" . 14 15 No Down Shift 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 16 In D or M range, does not downshift to 2nd gear. Refer to AT-282, "A/ T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear" . ON vehicle OFF vehicle AT-232, AT-177 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Line pressure test AT-52 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 17 In D or M range, does not downshift to 1st gear. Refer to AT-284, "A/ T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear" . ON vehicle OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve ON vehicle OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 AT-228, AT-186 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR In D or M range, does not downshift to 3rd gear. Refer to AT-280, "A/ T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear" . AT-51 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve ON vehicle OFF vehicle Reference page AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Line pressure test AT-52 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 AT-66 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle 18 Slips/Will Not engage When D or M position, remains in 1st gear. OFF vehicle Reference page A AT-51 AT-117, AT164 3. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-196 4. Line pressure test AT-52 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 8. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 9. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 10. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 11. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 12. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 B AT D E F G H I J K L M AT-67 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle When D or M position, remains in 2nd gear. 19 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not engage 20 OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 AT-215 4. Line pressure test AT-52 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 8. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 9. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 10. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR When D or M position, remains in 3rd gear. AT-51 3. Low coast brake solenoid valve 1. Fluid level and state ON vehicle Reference page AT-51 AT-117, AT164 3. Line pressure test AT-52 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 7. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 8. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 9. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 10. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-68 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle When D or M position, remains in 4th gear. 21 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not engage 22 When D or M position, remains in 5th gear. OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 AT-232, AT-177 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 6. Low coast brake solenoid valve AT-215 7. Front brake solenoid valve AT-186 8. Line pressure test AT-52 9. CAN communication line AT-105 10. Control valve assembly AT-299 11. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 12. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 13. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 14. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve B AT D E F G H I AT-117, AT164 AT-228, AT-186 4. Line pressure test AT-52 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 8. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 9. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 10. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 AT-69 A AT-51 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle Reference page J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Vehicle cannot be started from D1 . Refer to AT-260, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" . 23 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not Engage ON vehicle 24 Does not lock-up. Refer to AT-272, "A/ T Does Not Perform Lock-up" . OFF vehicle 25 Does not hold lockup condition. Refer toAT-274, "A/ T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition" . ON vehicle OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 3. Line pressure test AT-52 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 7. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 8. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 9. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 12. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 13. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Engine speed signal AT-122 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Engine speed signal AT-122 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 AT-70 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Lock-up is not released. Refer to AT-276, "Lock-up Is Not Released" . 26 Condition ON vehicle OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Engine speed signal AT-122 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Slips/Will Not engage 27 ON vehicle No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D1 → D2 or M1 → M2 . OFF vehicle Reference page A B AT D AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Line pressure test AT-52 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 12. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 E F G H I J K L M AT-71 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state ON vehicle No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D2 → D3 or M2 → M3 . 28 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not engage AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Line pressure test AT-52 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer toAT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 12. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 13. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve AT-232, AT-177 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 13. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 ON vehicle 29 AT-51 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D3 → D4 or M3 → M4 . Reference page AT-72 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle No shock at all or the clutch slips when vehicle changes speed D4 → D5 or M4 → M5 . 30 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not engage 31 When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D5 → D4 or M5 → M4 the engine idles or the transmission slips. OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 AT-228, AT-186 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 10. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 11. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 12. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 13. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 B AT D E F G H I AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 13. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 AT-73 A AT-51 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle Reference page J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 32 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not engage ON vehicle 33 When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D3 → D2 or M3 → M2 the engine idles or the transmission slips. OFF vehicle AT-51 AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve AT-232, AT-177 4. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 10. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 13. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 14. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 ON vehicle When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D4 → D3 or M4 → M3 the engine idles or the transmission slips. Reference page 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Line pressure test AT-52 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 10. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 13. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-74 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 2. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR ON vehicle When you press the accelerator pedal and shift speed D2 → D1 or M2 → M1 the engine idles or the transmission slips. 34 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not Engage ON vehicle 35 With selector lever in D position, acceleration is extremely poor. OFF vehicle Reference page AT-51 AT-117, AT164 3. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Line pressure test AT-52 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 10. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 13. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 14. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. PNP switch AT-112 6. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 10. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 13. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 14. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-75 A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle With selector lever in R position, acceleration is extremely poor. 36 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not Engage 37 ON vehicle While starting off by accelerating in 1st, engine races or slippage occurs. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. PNP switch AT-112 7. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 8. Control valve assembly AT-299 9. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 10. Output shaft (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 11. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 7. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 8. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 9. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 12. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 13. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-76 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle While accelerating in 2nd, engine races or slippage occurs. 38 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not Engage ON vehicle 39 While accelerating in 3rd, engine races or slippage occurs. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 12. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 B AT D E F G 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve AT-240, AT-205 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. 3rd one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-342 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 12. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 13. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-77 A H I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle While accelerating in 4th, engine races or slippage occurs. 40 OFF vehicle Slips/Will Not Engage ON vehicle 41 While accelerating in 5th, engine races or slippage occurs. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. ATF pressure switch 3 and input clutch solenoid valve AT-232, AT-177 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 12. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 10. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 11. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 12. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 AT-78 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle 42 Slips at lock-up. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Engine speed signal AT-122 4. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 5. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 5. PNP switch AT-112 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 ON vehicle Slips/Will Not Engage 43 No creep at all. Refer to AT-255, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" , AT258, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" OFF vehicle Reference page B AT D 8. Control valve assembly AT-299 9. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 10. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 11. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 12. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 13. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 14. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 15. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 16. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-79 A E F G H I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Vehicle cannot run in all positions. 44 OFF vehicle ON vehicle 45 Slips/Will Not Engage With selector lever in D position, driving is not possible. OFF vehicle ON vehicle 46 With selector lever in R position, driving is not possible. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. PNP switch AT-112 4. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 7. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 8. Output shaft (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. PNP switch AT-112 4. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 7. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 8. 1st one-way clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-349 9. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 10. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 11. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 12. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. PNP switch AT-112 4. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 6. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 7. Output shaft (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-80 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Does not change M5 → M4. 47 Condition ON vehicle OFF vehicle ON vehicle Does not change M4 → M3. 48 Does Not Change OFF vehicle ON vehicle 49 Does not change M3 → M2. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 1 AT-228 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 1 and ATF pressure switch 3 AT-228, AT-232 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-240 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 10. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 AT-81 A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Does not change M2 → M1. 50 Does Not Change OFF vehicle Can not be changed to manual mode. Refer to AT-278, "Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode" . 51 Diagnostic Item 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-236 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 9. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 10. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. Manual mode switch AT-224 2. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 3. CAN communication line AT-105 ON vehicle 1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR Shift point is high in D position. 52 ON vehicle Shift point is low in D position. ON vehicle Others AT-151 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. ATF temperature sensor AT-153 5. Control valve assembly AT-299 Judder occurs during lock-up. AT-151 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. Control valve assembly AT-299 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 ON vehicle OFF vehicle AT-117, AT164 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 4. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 54 AT-117, AT164 2. Accelerator pedal position sensor 1. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR 53 Reference page AT-117, AT164 5. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 8. Control valve assembly AT-299 9. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-82 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Strange noise in “R” position. 55 OFF vehicle ON vehicle Others 56 Strange noise in “N” position. OFF vehicle ON vehicle 57 Strange noise in “D” position. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. Control valve assembly AT-299 5. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 6. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 7. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 8. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 9. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. Control valve assembly AT-299 5. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 6. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 7. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. CAN communication line AT-105 4. Control valve assembly AT-299 5. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 6. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 7. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 8. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-83 A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Vehicle dose not decelerate by engine brake. Refer to AT-286, "Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake" . 58 Condition ON vehicle OFF vehicle Others 59 Engine brake does not work M5 → M4. ON vehicle OFF vehicle ON vehicle 60 Engine brake does not work M4 → M3. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-236 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 9. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 10. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 1 AT-228 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 1 and ATF pressure switch 3 AT-228, AT-232 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 AT-84 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Engine brake does not work M3 → M2. 61 OFF vehicle Others ON vehicle 62 Engine brake does not work M2 → M1. OFF vehicle Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 6 AT-240 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 10. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Manual mode switch AT-224 5. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-236 6. CAN communication line AT-105 A B AT D 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 9. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 10. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 E F G H I J K L M AT-85 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Maximum speed low. 63 OFF vehicle Others ON vehicle 64 Extremely large creep. OFF vehicle 65 66 With selector lever in P position, vehicle does not enter parking condition or, with selector lever in another position, parking condition is not cancelled. Refer to AT-250, "In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed" . Vehicle runs with transmission in “ P” position. Diagnostic Item Reference page 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Line pressure test AT-52 3. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 4. CAN communication line AT-105 5. Direct clutch solenoid valve AT-196 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 8. Oil pump assembly (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-339 9. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 10. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 11. High and low reverse clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-354 12. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 13. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 14. Forward brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Engine idle speed EC-30 2. CAN communication line AT-105 3. ATF pressure switch 5 AT-236 4. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. Parking pawl components AT-307 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Control valve assembly AT-299 5. Parking pawl components (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 6. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 ON vehicle ON vehicle OFF vehicle AT-86 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition ON vehicle Vehicle runs with transmission in “N” position. Refer to AT-251, "In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves" . 67 68 Others 69 Engine does not start in “N” or “P” position. Refer to AT-250, "Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position" . Engine starts in positions other than “N” or “P”. OFF vehicle ON vehicle ON vehicle Engine stall. OFF vehicle 71 Engine stalls when select lever shifted “N” → “D”, “R”. Reference page 1. PNP switch AT-112 2. Fluid level and state AT-51 3. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 4. Control valve assembly AT-299 5. Input clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-344 6. Gear system (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-317 7. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 8. Reverse brake (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 9. Forward one-way clutch* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 10. Low coast brake* (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 A B AT D E F 1. Ignition switch and starter PG-3, SC9 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. PNP switch AT-112 G H ON vehicle 70 Diagnostic Item ON vehicle OFF vehicle 1. Ignition switch and starter PG-3, SC9 2. Control linkage adjustment AT-289 3. PNP switch AT-112 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 1. Fluid level and state AT-51 2. Engine speed signal AT-122 3. Turbine revolution sensor AT-159 4. Torque converter clutch solenoid valve AT-124 5. CAN communication line AT-105 6. Control valve assembly AT-299 7. Torque converter (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-325 AT-87 I J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS No. Items Symptom Condition Diagnostic Item 1. Fluid level and state 72 Others Engine speed does not return to idle. Refer to AT-276, "Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle" . ON vehicle AT-51 2. ATF pressure switch 5 and direct clutch solenoid valve AT-236, AT-196 3. ATF pressure switch 1 and front brake solenoid valve AT-228, AT-186 4. Accelerator pedal position sensor AT-151 5. Vehicle speed sensor A/T and vehicle speed sensor MTR OFF vehicle Reference page AT-117, AT164 6. CAN communication line AT-105 7. Control valve assembly AT-299 8. Front brake [brake band (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .)] AT-325 9. Direct clutch (ATF condition “NG” only. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" .) AT-356 * : Parts behind Drum Support is impossible to perform inspection by disassembly. Refer to AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View" AT-88 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values ACS001MM A TCM TERMINAL CONNECTOR LAYOUT B AT D SCIA0495E TCM INSPECTION TABLE Data are reference value.Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire item Condition No. color 1 B/R Line pressure solenoid valve W Data (Approx) After warming up the engine, release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 2V After warming up the engine, press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 0.7V –2 E F G Battery voltage H Power supply Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the ignition switch. 0V I –3 W Battery voltage J Power supply Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the ignition switch. SEL3 (pressure switch 3) K 4 P/L 5 B Ground 6 L CAN H –- –- –- 7 R CAN L –- –- –- 8 9 10 11 B/OR Power supply (Memory back-up) OR Input clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve –Always Fluid temperature sensor 1 R/W R/L –- 0V L 0V When ATF temperature 0°C (32°F) 2.2V When ATF temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.8V When ATF temperature 80°C (176°F) 0.6V Always When vehicle cruises –- Battery voltage When the solenoid valve operating (in 1st gear, 2nd gear, or 3rd gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear or 5th gear) 0V When the solenoid valve operating [6 km/h (4MPH) or faster in 1st gear or 2nd gear] More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating [6 km/h (4MPH)or slower in 1st gear or 3rd, 4th, or 5th gear] 0V AT-89 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Terminal No. 12 13 Wire color Y/R W/L item Condition Data (Approx) –- Battery voltage –- 0V Power Supply (out) Low coast brake solenoid valve When vehicle cruises When the solenoid valve is operating (when running in M1-1 gear or M2-2 gear) Battery voltage When the solenoid valve is not operating (when running in “D”) 0V 14 B 15 B/W SEL4 –- –- –- 16 W/G SEL1 (pressure switch 2) –- –- –- G/R Fluid temperature sensor 2 17 19 G/R 20 Y 21 G Ground Front brake solenoid valve TCC solenoid valve P/B SEL2 (pressure switch 5) 23 LG K-line (CONSULTII signal) 24 B 26 G/Y PSC2 (pressure switch 6) Y/B Vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) 30 R/W PNP switch 1 33 Y/R PNP switch 0V When ATF temperature about 0°C (32°F) 2.2V When ATF temperature about 20°C (68°F) 1.7V When ATF temperature about 80°C (176°F) 0.45V When the solenoid valve is operating (other than 4th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear) 0V When lock-up More than 2V When not lock-up 0V When the solenoid valve is operating (1st gear or 5th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (2nd gear, 3rd gear, or 4th gear) 0V –- –- –- The terminal is connected to the data link connector for CONSULT-II. Ground 27 OR When vehicle cruises Direct clutch solenoid valve 22 31 Always Always When vehicle cruises 0V When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “ON”. 0V When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage When moving at 20 km/h (12MPH). 185 (Hz) Selector lever in “P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “N” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “D” position. Less than 2.5V –- Battery voltage –- 0V Power supply AT-90 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Terminal No. Wire color 35 B/Y item PSB2 (pressure switch 1) 36 L/Y Turbine revolution sensor 1 38 SB PNP switch 3 39 40 41 BR Y/G R Condition When vehicle cruises PNP switch 4 DATA BITI 1 When front brake solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage When front brake solenoid valve“ ON”. 0V When running at 50 km/h (31MPH) in 4th gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”. 1.3 (kHz) Selector lever in “D” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “R” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “D” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “P” position. Battery voltage –- Back-up lamp relay –- Y/R PU 46 B 47 48 G/W GY/R AT D –0V Selector lever in other position. Battery voltage Battery voltage E F Power supply –- 45 A B Selector lever in “R” position. –42 Data (Approx) Turbine revolution sensor 2 When vehicle cruises When moving at 20 km/h (12MPH) in 1st gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”. Ground PNP switch 3 (monitor) Starter relay Always 0V 1.3 (kHz) G H 0V Selector lever in “D” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “R” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “N”,“P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in other position. 0V I J K L M AT-91 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS CONSULT-II ACS001MN After performing “SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH CONSULT-II)” (Refer to AT-92 ), place check marks for results on the AT-46, "DIAGNOSTIC WORKSHEET" . Reference pages are provided following the items. NOTICE: 1. The CONSULT-II electrically displays shift timing and lock-up timing (that is, operation timing of each solenoid). Check for time difference between actual shift timing and the CONSULT-II display. If the difference is noticeable, mechanical parts (except solenoids, sensors, etc.) may be malfunctioning. Check mechanical parts using applicable diagnostic procedures. 2. Shift schedule (which implies gear position) displayed on CONSULT-II and that indicated in Service Manual may differ slightly. This occurs because of the following reasons: – Actual shift schedule has more or less tolerance or allowance, – Shift schedule indicated in Service Manual refers to the point where shifts start, and – Gear position displayed on CONSULT-II indicates the point where shifts are completed. 3. Display of solenoid valves on CONSULT-II changes at the start of shifting, while gear position is displayed upon completion of shifting (which is computed by TCM). 4. Additional CONSULT-II information can be found in the Operation Manual supplied with the CONSULT-II unit. FUNCTION Diagnostic test mode Function Reference page Self-diagnostic results Self-diagnostic results can be read and erased quickly. AT-93 Data monitor Input/Output data in the ECM can be read. AT-96 CAN diagnostic support monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication can be read. — Function test Conducted by CONSULT-II instead of a technician to determine whether each system is “OK” or “NG”. — DTC work support Select the operating condition to confirm Diagnosis Trouble Codes. ECM part number ECM part number can be read. AT-100 — CONSULT-II REFERENCE VALUE Item name ATF TEMP SE 1 Condition 0°C (32° F) - 20°C (68°F) - 80°C (176°F) ATF TEMP SE 2 TCC SOLENOID Display value (Approx.) 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 V 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 V When perform slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 A When perform lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 A CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE CAUTION: If CONSULT-II is used with no connection of CONSULT-II CONVERTER, malfunctions might be detected in self-diagnosis depending on control unit which carry out CAN communication. ● For details, refer to the separate “CONSULT-II Operations Manual”. 1. Turn ignition switch “OFF”. 2. Connect CONSULT-II and CONSULT-II CONVERTER to data link connector, which is located in instrument lower panel on driver side. 3. Turn ignition switch “ON”. (Do not start engine.) PHIA0096E AT-92 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS 4. Touch “START (NISSAN BASED VHCL)”. A B AT SAIA0450E D 5. 6. Touch “A/T”. If “A/T” is not indicated, go to GI-38, "CONSULT-II Data Link Connector (DLC) Circuit" . Perform each diagnostic test mode according to each service procedure. E F G SAT014K SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT MODE Operation Procedure H 1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE” Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . 2. Touch “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. Display shows malfunction experienced since the last erasing operation. I J K L SCIA5304E Display Items List X: Applicable, —: Not applicable TCM self-diagnosis Malfunction is detected when... A/T CHECK indicator lamp “A/T” with CONSULT-II MIL indicator lamp*1, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II or GST ● When a malfunction is detected in CAN communications X U1000 U1000 ● If this signal is ON other than in P or N position, this is judged to be a malfunction. (And if it is OFF in P or N position, this too is judged to be a malfunction.) X P0615 — X P0705 P0705 Items (CONSULTII screen terms) CAN COMM CIRCUIT STARTER RELAY/ CIRC PNP SW/CIRC OBD-II (DTC) ● PNP switch 1-4 signals input with impossible pattern ● PNP switch 3 monitor terminal cut line ● P position is detected from N position without any other position being detected in between. AT-93 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TCM self-diagnosis Items (CONSULTII screen terms) Malfunction is detected when... OBD-II (DTC) A/T CHECK indicator lamp “A/T” with CONSULT-II MIL indicator lamp*1, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II or GST X P0720 P0720 ● Signal from vehicle speed sensor A/T (Revolution sensor) not input due to cut line or the like ● Unexpected signal input during running ● After ignition switch is turned ON, unexpected signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts moving ENGINE SPEED SIG ● TCM does not receive the CAN communication signal from the ECM. X P0725 — TCC SOLENOID/ CIRC ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like X P0740 P0740 ● A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good. ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation. X P0744 P0744*2 ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. X P0745 P0745 ● ● TCM-POWER SUPPLY When the power supply to the TCM is cut “OFF”, for example because the battery is removed, and the self-diagnostics memory function stops This is not a malfunction message (Whenever shutting “OFF” a power supply to the TCM, this message appears on the screen.) — P1701 — ● TCM·RAM ● TCM memory (RAM) is malfunctioning. — P1702 — TCM·ROM ● TCM memory (ROM) is malfunctioning. — P1703 — TCM·EEPROM ● TCM memory (EEP ROM) is malfunctioning. — P1704 — ● TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM. X P1705 P1705 ● During running, the ATF temperature sensor signal voltage is excessively high or low X P1710 P0710 ● TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2. X P1716 P1716 ● ● Signal (CAN communication) from vehicle speed sensor MTR not input due to cut line or the like — P1721 — ● Unexpected signal input during running ● Except during shift change, the gear position and ATF pressure switch states are monitored and comparative judgement made. X P1730 P1730 Each ATF pressure switch and solenoid current is monitored and if a pattern is detected having engine braking 1st gear other than in the M1 position, a malfunction is detected. X P1731 — X P1752 P1752 VEH SPD SEN/ CIR AT (Revolution sensor) A/T TCC S/V FNCTN L/PRESS SOL/ CIRC TP SEN/CIRC A/T ATF TEMP SEN/ CIRC TURBINE REV S/ CIRC VEH SPD SE/ CIR·MTR A/T INTERLOCK ● A/T 1ST E/BRAKING I/C SOLENOID/ CIRC ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. AT-94 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TCM self-diagnosis Items (CONSULTII screen terms) Malfunction is detected when... ● I/C SOLENOID FNCTN ● ● FR/B SOLENOID/ CIRC ● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) ● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to cut line, short, or the like ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. D/C SOLENOID FNCTN ● ● TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. ● TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) ● TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) ● Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like ● TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. ● Condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is different from monitor value, and relation between gear position and actual gear ratio is irregular. MANU MODE SW/ CIRC ● When an impossible pattern of switch signals is detected, a malfunction is detected. AT-95 A B AT X P1754 P1754*2 D X P1757 P1757 E F X P1759 P1759*2 G H X P1762 P1762 I J X P1764 P1764*2 TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like HLR/C SOL FNCTN LC/B SOLENOID FNCT TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) ● HLR/C SOL/CIRC LC/B SOLENOID/ CIRC Normal voltage not applied to solenoid due to functional malfunction, cut line, short, or the like TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. ● “A/T” with CONSULT-II MIL indicator lamp*1, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II or GST TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) ● FR/B SOLENOID FNCT D/C SOLENOID/ CIRC TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) A/T CHECK indicator lamp OBD-II (DTC) K X P1767 P1767 L M X P1769 P1769*2 X P1772 P1772 X P1774 P1774*2 — P1815 — TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS TCM self-diagnosis A/T CHECK indicator lamp “A/T” with CONSULT-II MIL indicator lamp*1, “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II or GST TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) — P1841 — TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) — P1843 — TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) — P1845 — TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) — P1846 — No NG item has been detected. — X X Items (CONSULTII screen terms) Malfunction is detected when... ● ATF PRES SW 1/ CIRC ● ATF PRES SW 3/ CIRC ● ATF PRES SW 5/ CIRC ● ATF PRES SW 6/ CIRC NO DTC IS DETECTED FURTHER TESTING MAY BE REQUIRED ● OBD-II (DTC) *1: Refer to AT-41, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" . *2: These malfunctions cannot be displayed MIL if another malfunction is assigned to MIL. DATA MONITOR MODE Operation Procedure 1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE” Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . 2. Touch “DATA MONITOR”. NOTE: When malfunction is detected, CONSULT-II performs “REAL-TIME DIAGNOSIS”. Also, any malfunction detected while in this mode will be displayed at real time. SCIA5304E Display Items List X: Standard, —: Not applicable Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) VHCL/S SE·A/T (km/h) ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU X X X VHCL/S SE·MTR (km/h) X — X ACCELE POSI (0.0/8) X — X AT-96 Remarks Revolution sensor Accelerator pedal position signal TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU A Remarks Degree of opening for accelerator recognized by the TCM For fail-safe operation, the specific value used for control is displayed. THROTTLE POSI (0.0/8) X X X BATTERY BOLT (V) X — X ENGINE SPEED (rpm) X X X TURBINE REV (rpm) X — X ATF TEMP 1 (°C) — X X ATF TEMP 2 (°C) — X X OUTPUT REV (rpm) X X X ATF TEMP SE 1 (V) X — X ATF TEMP SE 2 (V) X — X ATF PRES SW 1 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for FR/B solenoid) ATF PRES SW 2 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for LC/B solenoid) ATF PRES SW 3 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for I/C solenoid) ATF PRES SW 5 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for D/C solenoid) ATF PRES SW 6 (ON-OFF display) X X X (for HLR/C solenoid) PNP SW 1 (ON-OFF display) X — X PNP SW 2 (ON-OFF display) X — X PNP SW 3 (ON-OFF display) X — X PNP SW 4 (ON-OFF display) X — X 1 POSITION SW (ON-OFF display) X — X ASCD·CRUISE (ON-OFF display) X — X E F X — X — X MANU MODE SW (ON-OFF display) X — X NON M-MODE SW (ON-OFF display) X — X UP SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) X — X DOWN SW LEVER (ON-OFF display) X — X POWER SHIFT SW (ON-OFF display) X — X Not mounted but displayed. CLSO THL POS (ON-OFF display) X — X Signal input with CAN communications W/O THL POS (ON-OFF display) X — X Signal input with CAN communications TCC SOLENOID (A) — X X LINE PRES SOL (A) — X X I/C SOLENOID (A) — X X FR/B SOLENOID (A) — X X D/C SOLENOID (A) — X X HLR/C SOL (A) — X X HOLD SW (ON-OFF display) X — X BRAKE SW (ON-OFF display) X — X Stop lamp switch Gear position recognized by the TCM updated after gear-shifting X GEAR RATIO — X X AT-97 H J X X G I OD CONT SW (ON-OFF display) — AT D ASCD·OD CUT (ON-OFF display) GEAR B Not mounted but displayed. K L Not mounted but displayed. M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Monitor Item Selection Monitored item (Unit) ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU Remarks SLCTLVR POSI — X X Selector lever position is recognized by the TCM. For fail safe operation, the specific value used for control is displayed. VEHICLE SPEED (km/h) — X X Vehicle speed recognized by the TCM. TC SLIP SPEED (rpm) — X X Difference between engine speed and torque converter input shaft speed Voltage (V) — — X Displays the value measured by the voltage probe. F SUN GW REV (rpm) — — X F CARR GR REV (rpm) — — X SFT UP ST SW — — X SFT DWN ST SW — — X ABS SIGNAL — — X ACC OD CUT — — X ACC SIGNAL — — X TCS GR/P KEEP — — X TCS SIGNAL 2 — — X TCS SIGNAL 1 — — X ON OFF SOL (ON-OFF display) — — X TCC SOL MON — — X L/P SOL MON — — X I/C SL MON — — X FR/B SOL MON — — X D/C SOL MON — — X HLR/C SOL MON — — X ONOFF SOL MON — — X P POSI IND — — X R POSI IND — — X N POSI IND — — X D POSI IND — — X 4TH POSI IND — — X 3RD POSI IND — — X 2ND POSI IND — — X 1ST POSI IND — — X M MODE IND — — X POWER M LAMP — — X F-SAFE IND/L — — X ATF WARN LAMP — — X BACK-UP LAMP — — X STARTER RELAY — — X PNP SW3 MON (ON-OFF display) — — X C/VCLBID 1 — — X C/VCLBID 2 — — X AT-98 Not mounted but displayed. LC/B solenoid LC/B solenoid TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Monitor Item Selection ECU INPUT SIGNALS MAIN SIGNALS SELECTION FROM MENU C/VCLBID 3 — — X UNIT CLB ID 1 — — X UNIT CLB ID 2 — — X UNIT CLB ID 3 — — X TRGT GR RATIO — — X TRG PRE TCC — — X TRG PRE L/P — — X TRG PRE I/C — — X TRG PRE FR/B — — X TRG PRE D/C — — X TRG PRE HLR/C — — X DRV CST JUDGE — — X START RLY MON — — X Next gear — — X SHIFT MODE — — X MANU GR POSI — — X Frequency (Hz) — — X DUTY·HI (high) (%) — — X DUTY·LOW (low) (%) — — X PLS WIDTH·HI (ms) — — X PLS WIDTH·LOW (ms) — — X Monitored item (Unit) A Remarks B AT D E F G H The value measured by the pulse probe is displayed. I J K L M AT-99 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS DTC WORK SUPPORT MODE Operation Procedure 1. Perform “CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE” Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . 2. Touch “DTC WORK SUPPORT”. SCIA5304E 3. Touch select item menu. SCIA0512E 4. Touch “START”. SCIA5159E 5. Perform driving test according to “DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE” in “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”. SCIA5160E AT-100 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ● When testing conditions are satisfied, CONSULT-II screen changes from “OUT OF CONDITION” to “TESTING”. A B AT SCIA5161E D 6. Stop vehicle. E F G SCIA5164E ● If “NG” appears on the screen, malfunction may exist. Go to “Diagnostic Procedure”. H I J SCIA5162E 7. 8. 9. Perform test drive to check gear shift feeling in accordance with instructions displayed. Touch “YES” or “NO”. CONSULT-II procedure is ended. K L M SCIA5163E AT-101 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS ● If “NG” appears on the screen, a malfunction may exist. Go to “Diagnostic Procedure”. SCIA5162E Display Items List DTC work support item Description Check item I/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — — FR/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — — D/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — — HLR/C SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — — LC/B SOL FUNCTN CHECK* — — Following items for “TCC solenoid function (lock-up) ” can be confirmed. TCC SOL FUNCTN CHECK ● ● Self-diagnosis status (whether the diagnosis is being conducted or not) Self-diagnosis result (OK or NG) *: Do not use, but displayed. AT-102 ● TCC solenoid valve ● Hydraulic control circuit TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Diagnostic Procedure Without CONSULT-II ACS004IZ OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (WITH GST) A Refer to EC-117, "Generic Scan Tool (GST) Function" . OBD-II SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS) B Refer to EC-62, "Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL)" . TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS) Description In the unlikely event of a malfunction in the electrical system, when the ignition switch is switched “ON”, the A/T CHECK indicator lamp lights up for 2 seconds, then flashes for 8 seconds. If there is no malfunction, when the ignition switch is turned “ON”, the indicator lamp lights up for 2 seconds. As a method for locating the suspect circuit, when the self-diagnostics start signal is input, the memory for the malfunction location is output and the A/T CHECK indicator lamp flashes to display the corresponding DTC. AT D E Diagnostic Procedure 1. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP 1. Start the engine with selector lever in “P” position. Warm engine to normal operating temperature. 2. Turn ignition switch ON and OFF at least twice, then leave it in the OFF. 3. Wait 10 seconds. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Does A/T CHECK indicator lamp come on for about 2 seconds? YES >> GO TO 2. NO >> GO TO AT-248, "A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On" . 2. JUDGEMENT PROCEDURE STEP 1 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. F G H I Turn ignition switch OFF. Push shift lock release button. Move selector lever from “P” to “D” position. Release accelerator pedal. (Set the closed throttle position signal “ON”.) Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “ON”.) Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Wait 3 seconds. Move the selector lever to the Manual shift gate side. (Manual mode switch “ON”.) Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “OFF”.) Move the selector lever to “D” position. (Manual mode switch “OFF”.) Depress brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “ON”.) Release brake pedal. (Stop lamp switch signal “OFF”.) Depress accelerator pedal fully and release it. >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS CODE Check A/T CHECK indicator lamp. Refer to AT-104, "Judgement Self-diagnosis Code" . If the system does not go into self-diagnostics. Refer to AT-244, "PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION, MANUAL MODE, BRAKE AND THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT" . >> DIAGNOSIS END AT-103 J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS Judgement Self-diagnosis Code If there is a malfunction, the lamp lights up for the time corresponding to the suspect circuit. SCIA0497E Erase Self-diagnosis ● ● In order to make it easier to find the cause of hard-to-duplicate malfunctions, malfunction information is stored into the control unit as necessary during use by the user. This memory is not erased no matter how many times the ignition switch is turned ON and OFF. However, this information is erased by turning ignition switch “OFF” after executing self-diagnostics or by erasing the memory using the CONSULT-II. AT-104 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Description PFP:23710 A ACS00098 CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent malfunction detection ability. B Many electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission AT with less wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS00099 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” with CONSULT-II or U1000 without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM cannot communicate to other control units. E Possible Cause ACS0009A Harness or connectors (CAN communication line is open or shorted.) F DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS0009B NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. G H WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. D Turn ignition switch ON position. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and wait for at least 6 seconds. If DTC is detected, go to AT-107, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I J K SAT014K WITH GST L Follow the procedure “WITH CONSULT-II”. M AT-105 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Wiring Diagram — AT — CAN ACS0009C TCWT0054E AT-106 DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Terminal Wire Item No. color Condition Data (Approx.) 6 L CAN H – – 7 R CAN L – – Diagnostic Procedure A B ACS0009D 1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT AT With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON and start engine. 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. Is any malfunction of the “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” indicated? YES >> Print out CONSULT-II screen, GO TO LAN section. Refer to LAN-2, "Precautions When Using CONSULT-II" . NO >> INSPECTION END D E F G PCIA0061E H I J K L M AT-107 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT Description PFP:25230 ACS0009E Prohibits cranking other at “P” or “N” position. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS0009F This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “STARTER RELAY/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or 14th judgement flicker without CONSULT-II is detected when detects as irregular when switched “ON” other than at “P” or “N” position. (Or when switched “OFF” at “P” or “N” position). Possible Cause ● ● ACS0009G Harness or connectors (The starter relay and TCM circuit is open or shorted.) Starter relay circuit DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS0009H NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Vehicle start for at least 2 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to AT-110, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K AT-108 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram — AT — STSIG ACS0009I A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0219E AT-109 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 48 GY/R Starter relay IGN ON Data (Approx.) Selector lever in “N”,“P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in other position. 0V Diagnostic Procedure ACS0009J 1. CHECK STARTER RELAY (WITH CONSULT-II) With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELECTION FROM MENU” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and check monitor “STARTER RELAY” ON/OFF. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0056E 2. CHECK STARTER RELAY (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Check the voltage between the TCM connector and ground. Item Connector No. Starter relay F104 Terminal No. 48 Shift position Ground Voltage (Approx.) N and P Battery voltage R and D 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0060E 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following items: Starter relay, Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" . ● Disconnections or short-circuits in the harness between TCM and the IPDM E/R ● Disconnections or short-circuits in the harness between TCM and the combination meter OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 4. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. AT-110 DTC P0615 START SIGNAL CIRCUIT 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION A Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . B 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END AT NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. D E F G H I J K L M AT-111 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH Description ● ● ● – – – ACS0009L This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “PNP SW/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0705 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM does not receive the correct voltage signal from the PNP switch 1, 2, 3, 4 based on the gear position. When monitor terminal of PNP switch 3 is disconnected. When no other position but “P” position is detected from “N” positions. Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS0009K The park/neutral position (PNP) switch includes a transmission position switch. The transmission range switch detects the selector lever position and sends a signal to the TCM. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● PFP:32006 ACS0009M Harness or connectors [The park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4 and TCM circuit is open or shorted.] Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 1, 2, 3, 4 Park/neutral position (PNP) switch 3 monitor terminal disconnected DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS0009N CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.2V If DTC is detected, go to AT-114, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-112 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH Wiring Diagram — AT — PNP/SW ACS0009O A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0220E AT-113 DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal No. Wire color Item Condition 30 R/W 31 OR 38 SB 39 BR 47 G/W PNP switch 1 PNP switch 2 PNP switch 3 IGN ON PNP switch 4 PNP switch 3 (monitor) Data (Approx.) Selector lever in “P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “N” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “D” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “D” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “R” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “D” position. Less than 2.5V Selector lever in “P” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “D” position. Battery voltage Selector lever in “R” position. Less than 2.5V Diagnostic Procedure ACS0009P 1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II) With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out “N·P”, “R” and “D” position switches moving selector lever to each position. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0034E 2. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Without CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Selector lever to “P“, “R”, “N”, or “D” position to check the voltage between the TCM connector terminals and ground. Connector No. Shift position F104 Terminal No. (Wire color) 30 (R/W) Ground 31 (OR) Ground 38 (SB) Ground 39 (BR) Ground P Battery voltage Battery voltage – Battery voltage R – – Less than 2.5V – N Less than 2.5V – – – D – Less than 2.5V Battery voltage Less than 2.5V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. AT-114 PCIA0035E DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A Check the following items. ● Disconnection or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and A/T unit harness connector. ● PNP switch. Refer to AT-116, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. B AT 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. D Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item Connector No. A/T unit assembly harness connector F8 Control valve assembly harness connector F302 A/T unit assembly harness connector F8 Control valve assembly harness connector F302 A/T unit assembly harness connector F8 Control valve assembly harness connector F302 A/T unit assembly harness connector F8 Control valve assembly harness connector F302 A/T unit assembly harness connector F8 Control valve assembly harness connector Terminal No. (Wire color) Continuity 1 (G/B) Yes 2 (G/W) Yes E F G SCIA3063E H I 3 (G/R) Yes J 4 (Y/R) Yes K 5 (L/Y) Yes L F302 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-122, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. AT-115 M DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. Component Inspection ACS0009Q PNP SWITCH 1. Selector lever to various positions to check the continuity between terminals on the PNP switch and ground. PNP SW SW 1 Shift position Connector No. 2 (W/L) - Ground D SW 4 SW 3 Monitor 2. 3. 4. Continuity 1 (G/W) - Ground P SW 2 SW 3 Terminal No. (Wire color) F302 3 (W/Y) - Ground 4 (GY) - Ground P, R, N, D No 3 (W/Y) - 5 (W/R) Yes SCIA3062E If NG, check the continuity with the control linkage disconnected. (Refer to Step 1 above.) If OK with the control linkage disconnected, adjust the control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/ T Position" . If NG even when the control linkage is disconnected, replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-116 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) Description PFP:32702 A ACS0009R The revolution sensor detects the revolution of the idler gear parking pawl lock gear and emits a pulse signal. The pulse signal is sent to the TCM which converts it into vehicle speed. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS0009S This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. AT Diagnostic trouble code “VEH SPD SEN/CIR AT” with CONSULT-II or P0720 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. D After ignition switch is turned “ON”, irregular signal input from vehicle speed sensor MTR before the vehicle starts moving. Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS0009T Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Revolution sensor Vehicle speed sensor MTR ACS0009U CAUTION: ● Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. ● Be careful not to rev engine into the red zone on the tachometer. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 4. 5. 6. E F DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. B Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Drive vehicle and check for an increase of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” value in response to “VHCL/S SE·MTR” value. If the check result is NG, go to AT-119, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If the check result is OK, go to following step. Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more SAT014K THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If the check result is NG, go to AT-119, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If the check result is OK, go to following step. Maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ENGINE SPEED: 3,500 rpm or more THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If the check result is NG, go to AT-119, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-117 G H I J K L M DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) Wiring Diagram — AT — VSSA/T ACS0009V TCWT0221E AT-118 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 12 Y/R Power supply (out) 27 Y/B Vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) Data (Approx.) IGN ON – Battery voltage IGN OFF – 0V When vehicle cruises When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). A B 185 (Hz) AT Diagnostic Procedure ACS0009W 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS D With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Start the engine. 4. Read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·A/T” while driving. Check the value changes according to driving speed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. E F G PCIA0033E H 2. CHECK REVOLUTION SENSOR 1. 2. Start the engine. Check the pulse when vehicle cruises. Condition When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH), use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function. I Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Data (Approx.) J F104 27 (Y/B) 185 (Hz) K CAUTION: Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector. PCIA0018E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 3. L M AT-119 DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 12 (Y/R) F6 1 (Y/R) F104 27 (Y/B) F6 10 (Y/B) Continuity Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3339E 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) A/T unit assembly harness connector F6 1 (B) Control valve assembly harness connector F302 8 (B) A/T unit assembly harness connector F6 10 (R/Y) Control valve assembly harness connector F302 Continuity Yes Yes 9 (R/Y) 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. AT-120 SCIA3064E DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR) 5. DETECT MALFUNCTION ITEMS A 1. Check control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . 2. Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . 3. Check revolution sensor. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. B AT 6. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-117, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION D E F 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. G H I J K L M AT-121 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL Description PFP:24825 ACS0009X The engine speed signal is sent from the ECM to the TCM. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS0009Y This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “ENGINE SPEED SIG” with CONSULT-II or P0725 without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the ignition signal from ECM during engine cranking or running. Possible Cause ACS0009Z Harness or connectors (The ECM to the TCM circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000A0 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more ACCELE POSI: More than 1/8 Selector lever: “D” position If DTC is detected, go to AT-123, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-122 DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL Diagnostic Procedure ACS000A1 1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM A With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch to ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-105, "CONSULT-II Function" . With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the DTC detected item, go to EC-105, "CONSULT-II Function" . ● If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . B AT D E SAT014K 2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM F With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. While monitoring engine speed, check for engine speed change corresponding to wide-open throttle position signal. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check the ignition signal circuit. ● Refer to EC-583, "IGNITION SIGNAL" . G H I PCIA0041E J 3. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-122, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. K L 4. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-123 M DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 ACS000A2 The torque converter clutch solenoid valve is activated, with the gear in D4 , D5 by the TCM in response to signals sent from the vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Torque converter clutch piston operation will then be controlled. Lock-up operation, however, is prohibited when A/T fluid temperature is too low. When the accelerator pedal is depressed (less than 1/8) in lock-up condition, the engine speed should not change abruptly. If there is a big jump in engine speed, there is no lock-up. ● ● ● CONSULT-II Reference Value ACS001KW Item name TCC SOLENOID Condition Display value (Approx.) (A) When perform slip lock-up 0.2 - 0.4 When perform lock-up 0.4 - 0.6 On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000A3 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “TCC SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0740 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. Possible Cause ● ● ACS000A4 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000A5 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 80 km/h (50 MPH) or more ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 - 1.0/8 SELECTOR LEVER: “D” position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected go to AT-126, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-124 SAT014K DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — TCV ACS000A6 A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0222E TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). AT-125 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Terminal No. Wire color 20 Y Item TCC solenoid valve Condition When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When lock-up More than 2V When not lock-up 0V Diagnostic Procedure ACS000A7 1. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve F7 8 (Y) - Ground 3-9Ω OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. SCIA1830E 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 8 (R/B) F301 11 (R/B) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-128, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-126 SCIA3060E DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 20 (Y) F7 8 (Y) B Continuity AT Yes D 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA1831E E F 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. G H 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. I J K L M AT-127 DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004IA TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 11 (BR) - Ground 3-9Ω If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . SCIA3061E Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 11 and ground. SCIA3105E AT-128 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) Description PFP:31940 A ACS000A8 This malfunction is detected when the A/T does not shift into 5th gear position or the torque converter clutch does not lock-up as instructed by the TCM. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation, etc. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000A9 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “A/T TCC S/V FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P0744 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When A/T cannot perform lock-up even if electrical circuit is good. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing difference value with slip rotation. Possible Cause ● ● ● B AT D E ACS000AA Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve Hydraulic control circuit F G DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000AB CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. – – – 4. Start engine and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Select “TCC S/V FNCTN CHECK” of “DTC WORK SUPPORT” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II and touch “START”. Accelerate vehicle to more than 80 km/h (50 MPH) and maintain the following condition continuously until “TESTING” has turned to “COMPLETE”. (It will take approximately 30 seconds after “TESTING” shows.) ACCELE POSI: More than 1.0/8 (at all times during step 4) TCC SOLENOID: 0.4 - 0.6 A SAT014K Selector lever: “D” position [Reference speed: Constant speed of more than 80 km/h (50 MPH)] Check that “GEAR” shows “5”. For shift schedule, refer to AT-377, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up" . If “TESTING” does not appear on CONSULT-II for a long time, select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS”. In case a 1st trip DTC other than P0744 is shown, refer to applicable “TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR DTC”. Make sure that “OK” is displayed. (If “NG” is displayed, refer to “DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE”.) Refer to AT-131, "Diagnostic Procedure" . Refer to shift schedule, AT-377, "Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-129 J K L M DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) Wiring Diagram — AT — TCCSIG ACS000AC TCWT0223E AT-130 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 20 Y TCC solenoid valve When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When lock-up More than 2V When not lock-up 0V Diagnostic Procedure B ACS000AD 1. CHECK TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A AT Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. D E Solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Torque converter clutch solenoid valve F7 8 (Y) - Ground Resistance (Approx.) 3-9Ω OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. F SCIA1830E 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. H Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 8 (R/B) I Continuity J Yes F301 G K 11 (R/B) 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-133, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-131 SCIA3060E L M DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 20 (Y) F7 8 (Y) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA1831E 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-132 DTC P0744 A/T TCC S/V FUNCTION (LOCK-UP) Component Inspection ACS004IB A TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 11 (BR) - Ground 3-9Ω B AT D If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . E SCIA3061E F Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 11 and ground. G H I SCIA3105E J K L M AT-133 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 ACS000AE The line pressure solenoid valve regulates the oil pump discharge pressure to suit the driving condition in response to a signal sent from the TCM. The line pressure duty cycle value is not consistent when the closed throttle position signal is “ON”. To confirm the line pressure duty cycle at low pressure, the accelerator (throttle) should be open until the closed throttle position signal is “OFF”. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000AF This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “L/PRESS SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P0745 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. Possible Cause ● ● ACS000AG Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Line pressure solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000AH NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch ON and select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Engine start and wait at least 5 second. If DTC is detected, go to “AT-136, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-134 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — LPSV ACS000AI A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0224E AT-135 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 1 B/R Line pressure solenoid valve IGN ON Data (Approx.) After warming up the engine, release your foot from the accelerator pedal. 2V After warming up the engine, press the accelerator pedal all the way down. 0.7V Diagnostic Procedure ACS000AJ 1. CHECK LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) F7 7 (B/R) - Ground 3-9Ω Line pressure solenoid valve OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. SCIA1833E 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 7 (R/G) F301 10 (R/G) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-138, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-136 SCIA3065E DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 1 (B/R) F7 7 (B/R) B AT Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D SCIA1834E E F 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. G H 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. I J K L M AT-137 DTC P0745 LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004IC LINE PRESSURE SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Line pressure solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 10 (OR) Ground 3-9Ω If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . SCIA3066E Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 10 and ground. SCIA3067E AT-138 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) Description PFP:31036 A ACS000AK When the power supply to the TCM is cut “OFF”, for example because the battery is removed, and the selfdiagnostics memory function stops, malfunction is detected. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ● B ACS000AL This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. AT Diagnostic trouble code “TCM-POWER SUPPLY” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the voltage signal from the battery power supply. This is not a malfunction message. (Whenever shutting “OFF” a power supply to the TCM, this message D appears on the screen.) Possible Cause ACS000AM E Harness or connectors (Battery or ignition switch and TCM circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000AN NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. F G WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Wait for at least 2 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to AT-142, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H I J SAT014K K L M AT-139 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) Wiring Diagram — AT — POWER ACS000AO TCWT0225E AT-140 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0226E AT-141 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color IGN ON 2 W Power supply IGN OFF – Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the ignition switch. IGN ON – Data (Approx.) Battery voltage 0V Battery voltage 3 W Power supply 5 B Ground Always 0V 9 R/W Power supply (Memory back-up) Always Battery voltage 12 Y/R Power supply (out) 14 B Ground 24 B Ground 33 Y/R Power supply 42 Y/R Power supply 46 B IGN OFF Measure 3 seconds after switching “OFF” the ignition switch. 0V IGN ON – Battery voltage IGN OFF – 0V Always 0V Always 0V IGN ON – Battery voltage IGN OFF – 0V IGN ON – Battery voltage IGN OFF – 0V Ground Always Diagnostic Procedure 0V ACS000AP 1. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE, STEP 1 1. 2. Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between TCM terminal and ground. Item Connector No. Terminal No. Voltage TCM F103 9 - Ground Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> GO TO 3. SCIA1163E 2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE, STEP 2 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Check voltage between TCM terminal and ground. Item Connector No. Terminal No. Voltage 2 - Ground F103 3 - Ground 9 - Ground TCM Battery voltage 12 - Ground F104 33 - Ground PCIA0063E 42 - Ground OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. AT-142 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A Check the following items: ● Harness for short or open between battery and TCM terminal 9 B ● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 2, 3, 33 and 42 ● Harness for short or open between IPDM E/R terminal 33 and A/T PV IGN relay terminals 2 ● Harness for short or open between A/T PV IGN relay terminal 1 and ground. AT ● 15A fuse (No.34, located in the fuse and fusible link block) and 10A fuse (No. 71, located in the IPDM E/R) ● Ignition switch; Refer to PG-3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" ● A/T PV IGN relay; Refer to AT-144, "Component Inspection" D ● ECM relay; Refer to EC-130, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG E OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. F Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM harness connector. Check continuity between TCM terminals 5, 14, 24, 46 and ground. G Continuity should exist. H If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I J SCIA1161E 5. CHECK DTC K Check again. Refer to AT-139, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION L M Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-143 DTC P1701 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (POWER SUPPLY) Component Inspection ACS000GP A/T PV IGN RELAY 1. 2. Apply 12V direct current between A/T PV IGN relay terminals 1 and 2. Check continuity between relay terminals 3 and 5. Condition Continuity 12V direct current supply between terminals 1 and 2 Yes OFF No 3. If NG, replace A/T PV IGN relay. SCIA1245E AT-144 DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM) DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM) Description PFP:31036 A ACS000AQ The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. B AT D SCIA1287E E On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000AR This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “TCM·RAM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory RAM is malfunctioning. Possible Cause F ACS000AS G TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000AT NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed. If DTC is detected, go to AT-146, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J K L SAT014K AT-145 M DTC P1702 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (RAM) Diagnostic Procedure ACS000AU 1. CHECK DTC With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. 3. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-145, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Is the “TCM·RAM” displayed again? YES >> Replace TCM. NO >> INSPECTION END AT-146 SCIA5304E DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM) DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM) Description PFP:31036 A ACS000AV The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. B AT D SCIA1287E E On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000AW This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “TCM·ROM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory ROM is malfunctioning. Possible Cause F ACS000AX G TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000AY NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed. If DTC is detected, go to AT-148, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J K L SAT014K AT-147 M DTC P1703 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (ROM) Diagnostic Procedure ACS000AZ 1. CHECK DTC With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. 3. Touch “ERASE”. 4. Turn ignition switch to “OFF” position and wait at least 10 seconds. 5. Perform DTC confirmation procedure, AT-147, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Is the “TCM·ROM” displayed again? YES >> Replace TCM. NO >> INSPECTION END AT-148 SCIA5304E DTC P1704 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (EEPROM) DTC P1704 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (EEPROM) Description PFP:31036 A ACS000B0 The TCM consists of a microcomputer and connectors for signal input and output and for power supply. The TCM controls the A/T. B AT D SCIA1287E E On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000B1 This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “TCM·EEPROM” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM memory EEPROM is malfunctioning. Possible Cause F ACS000B2 G TCM DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000B3 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. H I WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Run engine for at least 2 consecutive seconds at idle speed. If DTC is detected, go to AT-150, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J K L SAT014K AT-149 M DTC P1704 TRANSMISSION CONTROL MODULE (EEPROM) Diagnostic Procedure ACS000B4 1. CHECK DTC With CONSULT-II 1. Connect CONSULT-II to data link connector. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. Confirm that CONSULT-II turn ON. 3. Move select lever in “R” position. 4. Touch “START” on CONSULT-II. 5. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. 6. Fully press the accelerator pedal (8/8 throttle), and hold it in the fully open position. (This will set the closed throttle position signal to OFF.) 7. Touch “ERASE“ on CONSULT-II, and then touch “YES”. 8. Wait 3 seconds and then release the accelerator pedal. 9. Turn ignition switch OFF and wait at least 10 seconds. 10. Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-149, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . Is the “TCM·EEPROM” displayed again? YES >> Replace TCM. NO >> INSPECTION END AT-150 SCIA5304E DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Description PFP:22620 A ACS000B5 Electric throttle control actuator consists of throttle control motor, accelerator pedal position sensor, throttle position sensor, etc. The actuator sends a signal to the ECM, and ECM sends signals to TCM with CAN communication. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● B ACS000B6 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “TP SEN/CIRC A/T” with CONSULT-II or P1705 without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper accelerator pedal position signals (input by CAN communication) from ECM. Possible Cause AT D ACS000B7 E Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000B8 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. F G WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and let it idle for 1 second. If DTC is detected, go to “AT-152, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H I J SAT014K K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. L M AT-151 DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR Diagnostic Procedure ACS000B9 1. CHECK DTC WITH ECM With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-105, "CONSULT-II Function" . With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check the DTC detected item.Go to EC-105, "CONSULT-II Function" . ● If CAN communication line is detected, go to AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . SAT014K 2. CHECK DTC WITH TCM 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of “ACCLE POS” and “THROTTLE POSI”. Check engine speed changes according to throttle position. Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Refer to EC-109, "SELF-DIAG RESULTS MODE" . With GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. PCIA0070E 3. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-151, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 4. 4. CHECK TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-152 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Description PFP:31940 A ACS000BA The A/T fluid temperature sensor detects the A/T fluid temperature and sends a signal to the TCM. B CONSULT-II Reference Value Item name A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 ACS000G9 Condition 0°C (32°F) - 20°C (68°F) - 80°C (176°F) A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 ● ACS000BB This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “ATF TEMP SEN/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1710 (A/T), P0710 (ENGINE) without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM receives an excessively low or high voltage from the sensor. Possible Cause ● ● AT 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 On Board Diagnosis Logic ● Display value (Approx.) (V) D E ACS000BC Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) A/T fluid temperature sensors 1, 2 F DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000BD CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. G H I WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 10 minutes (Total). (It is not necessary to maintain continuously.) VHCL SPEED SE: 10 km/h (6 MPH) or more THRTL POS SEN: More than 1.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position If DTC is detected, go to AT-155, "Diagnostic Procedure" . J K L SAT014K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-153 M DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS ACS000BE TCWT0227E AT-154 DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 8 15 17 B/OR B/W G/R A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 IGN ON SEL4 When ATF temperature 0°C (32°F) 2.2V When ATF temperature 20°C (68°F) 1.8V When ATF temperature 80°C (176°F) 0.6V – A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 IGN ON Data (Approx.) – 2.2V When ATF temperature about 20°C (68°F) 1.7V When ATF temperature about 80°C (176°F) 0.45V Diagnostic Procedure B – When ATF temperature about 0°C (32°F) AT D ACS000BF 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II) E With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out the value of “ATF TEMP SE 1” or “ATF TEMP SE 2”. Condition °C (°F) Item name A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 F G Display value (Approx.) V 2.2 - 1.8 - 0.6 H 0 (32) - 20 (68) - 80 (176) 2.2 - 1.7 - 0.45 PCIA0039E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3. Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Check voltage between TCM connector and ground while warming up A/T. Refer to AT-154, "Wiring Diagram — AT — FTS" . Connector No. A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 Terminal No. 8 (B/OR) - 5 (B), 14 (B), 24 (B) or 46 (B) F103 A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 17 (G/R) - 5 (B), 14 (B), 24 (B) or 46 (B) I J 2. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Name A Temperature °C (°F) Voltage (V) (Approx.) 0 (32) 2.2 20 (68) 1.8 80 (176) 0.6 0 (32) 2.2 20 (68) 1.7 80 (176) 0.45 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. 4. Disconnect the TCM connector. 5. Check if there is continuity between the connector terminal and ground. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 3. AT-155 K L M SCIA1162E DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 3. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Name Connector No. A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 F6 F7 Terminal No. (Wire color) Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (KΩ) (Approx.) 0 (32) 15 20 (68) 6.5 80 (176) 0.9 0 (32) 10 20 (68) 4 80 (176) 0.5 9 (B/OR) - 8(B/W) 1 (G/R) - 8(B/W) SCIA3614E 4. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 4. 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 8 (BR) F302 6 (BR) F6 9 (B/Y) F302 7 (B/Y)) F7 1 (P) F301 3 (P) Continuity Yes Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK - 1 >> If A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 on step 3 is NG, replace the control valve assembly. OK - 2 >> If A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 on step 3 is NG, GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. AT-156 SCIA3558E DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT 5. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 AND CONTROL VALVE ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 harness connector F305 1 (GY) Control valve assembly harness connector F301 A B AT Continuity D Yes 3 (GY) E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3069E F 6. CHECK A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 Check A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. ● Refer to AT-158, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. G 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I H Check the following items: ● Harness for short to ground or short to power or open between TCM and A/T unit assembly harness connector. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 8. CHECK DTC J K L Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-153, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-157 M DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT Component Inspection ACS004ID A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE SENSOR 2 1. 2. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check resistance between terminal 1 and 2. Name Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Temperature °C (°F) Resistance (KΩ) (Approx.) A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 0 (32) 10 F305 1 (GY) - 2 (B/R) 20 (68) 4 80 (176) 0.5 SCIA3070E AT-158 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR Description PFP:31935 A ACS000BH The turbine revolution sensor detects input shaft rpm (revolutions per minute). It is located on the input side of the automatic transmission. Monitors revolution of sensor 1 and sensor 2 for non-standard conditions. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000BI This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. AT Diagnostic trouble code “TURBINE REV S/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1716 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. D When TCM detects an irregularity only at position of 4th gear for turbine revolution sensor 2. Possible Cause ● ● B ACS000BJ E Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Turbine revolution sensor 1, 2 F DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000BK CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. G H WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. VHCL SPEED SE: 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more ENGINE SPEED: 1,500 rpm or more ACCELE POS: 0.5/8 or more Selector lever: “D” position Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 1): 4th or 5th position Gear position (Turbine revolution sensor 2): All position Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to AT-161, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-159 I J K SAT014K L M DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR Wiring Diagram — AT — TRSA/T ACS000BL TCWT0228E AT-160 DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 12 Y/R Power supply (out) 36 L/Y Turbine revolution sensor 1 45 PU Turbine revolution sensor 2 Data (Approx.) IGN ON – Battery voltage IGN OFF – 0V When vehicle cruises When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”. B 1.3 (kHz) AT When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”. Diagnostic Procedure A ACS000BM 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Vehicle start and read out the value of “TURBINE REV”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 2. D E F G H PCIA0041E 2. CHECK TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR 1. 2. I Start engine. Check the pulse when vehicle cruises. Name Turbine revolution sensor 1 Turbine revolution sensor 2 J Condition When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”, use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function. K CAUTION: Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector. L When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st gear with the closed throttle position signal “OFF”, use the CONSULT-II pulse frequency measuring function. CAUTION: Connect the data link connector to the vehicle-side diagnosis connector. Item Connector No. TCM F104 Terminal No. (Wire color) Data (Approx.) Name 36 (L/Y) Turbine revolution sensor 1 45 (PU) Turbine revolution sensor 2 OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. AT-161 1.3 (kHz) PCIA0042E M DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 12 (Y/R) F6 1 (Y/R) F104 36 (L/Y) F8 6 (L/Y) F104 45 (PU) F8 7 (PU) TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM Continuity Yes Yes Yes A/T unit assembly harness connector 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3071E 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 1 (B) F302 8 (B) F8 6 (B/OR) F301 1 (B/OR) F8 7 (OR) Continuity Yes Yes Yes F301 2 (OR) 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-162 SCIA3072E DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR 5. CHECK DTC A Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION B AT Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. D E F G H I J K L M AT-163 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR Description PFP:24814 ACS000BN The vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal is transmitted from combination meter to TCM by CAN communication line. The signal functions as an auxiliary device to the revolution sensor when it is malfunctioning. The TCM will then use the vehicle speed sensor·MTR signal. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000BO This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “VHE SPD SE·MTR” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper vehicle speed sensor MTR signal (input by CAN communication) from combination meter. Possible Cause ACS000BP Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000BQ CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1/8 or less VHCL SPEED SE: 30 km/h (17 MPH) or more If DTC is detected, go to AT-165, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K AT-164 DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR Diagnostic Procedure ACS000BR 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS A With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Drive vehicle and read out the value of “VHCL/S SE·MTR”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. B AT D E PCIA0033E 2. CHECK DTC, STEP 1 Check following items. 1. Refer to AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . 2. Refer to BRC-24, "CONSULT-II Functions" . 3. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> If NG, recheck pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. 3. CHECK DTC, STEP 2 F G H I Perform DTC confirmation procedure. AT-164, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> If the system returns a malfunction, recheck pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. J K L M AT-165 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK Description ● ● PFP:00000 ACS000BS Fail-safe function to detect interlock conditions. Fail-safe function to the transmission range switch detects the selector position and sends a signal to the TCM. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ● ACS000BT This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “A/T INTERLOCK” with CONSULT-II or P1730 without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor and switch. TCM monitors and compares gear position and conditions of each pressure switch when gear is steady. Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS000BU Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuit is open or shorted.) Low coast brake solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 2 DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000BV NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. Selector lever: “D” position If DTC is detected, go to AT-171, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-166 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK Wiring Diagram — AT — I/LOCK ACS000BW A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0229E AT-167 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK TCWT0230E AT-168 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0231E AT-169 DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 4 10 11 13 P/L OR R/L W/L SEL3 (pressure switch 3) Input clutch solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve W/G SEL1 (pressure switch 2) 19 R/B Front brake solenoid valve G When vehicle cruises Low coast brake solenoid valve 16 21 – Direct clutch solenoid valve 22 P/B SEL2 (pressure switch 5) 26 G/Y PSC2 (pressure switch 6) 35 B/Y PSB2 (pressure switch 1) 40 Y/G DATA BIT1 – More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear or 5th gear) 0V When the solenoid valve operating [6 km/h (4MPH) or faster in 1st gear or 2nd gear] More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating [6 km/h (4MPH) or slower in 1st gear or 3rd, 4th, or 5th gear] 0V When the solenoid valve is operating (when running in M1-1 gear or M2-2 gear) Battery voltage When the solenoid valve is not operating (when running in “D”) 0V – – When the solenoid valve is operating (other than 4th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear) 0V When the solenoid valve is operating (1st gear or 5th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (2nd gear, 3rd gear, or 4th gear) 0V – – When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “ON”. When vehicle cruises – When the solenoid valve operating (in 1st gear, 2nd gear, or 3rd gear) – When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) – 0V When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage When front brake solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage When front brake solenoid valve“ ON”. 0V – – AT-170 – DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK Judgement of A/T Interlock ACS000BX When A/T Interlock is judged to be malfunctioning, the vehicle should be fixed in 2nd gear and should be set in a condition in which it can travel. When one of the following fastening patterns is detected, the fail-safe function in correspondence with the individual pattern should be performed. A B A/T INTERLOCK COUPLING PATTERN TABLE ●: NG, X: OK ATF pressure switch output Gear position A/T interlock coupling pattern SW3 (I/C) SW6 (HLR/ C) SW5 (D/C) SW1 (FR/B) SW2 (LC/B) 3rd – X X – ● 4th – X X – 5th X X – X Fail-safe function Clutch pressure output pattern after fail-safe function I/C HLR/C D/C FR/B LC/B L/U Held in 2nd gear OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ● Held in 2nd gear OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ● Held in 2nd gear OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Diagnostic Procedure ACS000BY 1. PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS 1. 2. 3. 4. With CONSULT-II Drive vehicle. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. AT D E F G H I J K SAT014K Without CONSULT-II 1. Drive vehicle. 2. Stop vehicle and turn ignition switch OFF. 3. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 4. Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to AT-103, "TCM SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE (NO TOOLS)" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Check low coast brake solenoid valve circuit and function. Refer to AT-215, "DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-220, "DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION" . 2. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-166, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. AT-171 L M DTC P1730 A/T INTERLOCK 3. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-172 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING Description PFP:00000 A ACS000BZ Fail-safe function to prevent sudden decrease in speed by engine brake other than at M1 position. B On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000C0 This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “A/T 1ST E/BRAKING” with CONSULT-II or 13th judgement flicker without CON- AT SULT-II is detected under the following condition. When TCM does not receive the proper voltage signal from the sensor. When TCM monitors each pressure switch and solenoid monitor value, and detects as irregular when D engine brake of 1st gear acts other than at M1 position. Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS000C1 E Harness or connectors (The sensor circuit is open or shorted.) Low coast brake solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 2 F DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000C2 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. G H WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 2 consecutive seconds. ENGINE SPEED: 1,200 rpm Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 1st gear If DTC is detected, go to AT-175, "Diagnostic Procedure" . I J K SAT014K L M AT-173 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING Wiring Diagram — AT — E/BRE ACS000C3 TCWT0232E AT-174 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 13 W/L Low coast brake solenoid valve When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (when running in M1-1 speed or M2-2 speed) Battery voltage When the solenoid valve is not operating (when running in “D”) 0V A B 16 W/G SEL1 (pressure switch 2) – – 40 Y/G DATA BIT1 – – Diagnostic Procedure AT ACS000C4 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (1st gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 2”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. D E F G H PCIA0067E 2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. I Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 13 (W/L) F7 2 (W/L) F103 16 (W/G) F6 5 (W/G) F104 40 (Y/G) F6 2 (Y/G) J K Continuity Yes L Yes M Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3095E AT-175 DTC P1731 A/T 1ST ENGINE BRAKING 3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 2 (R) F302 10 (R) F6 5 (L) F302 13 (L) F7 2 (B/R) F301 4 (B/R) Continuity Yes Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3107E 4. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-176 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 A ACS000C5 Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000C6 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “I/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1752 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. Possible Cause ● ● ACS000C7 Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Input clutch solenoid valve D E ACS000C8 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. G H I WITH CONSULT-II 5. AT F DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. B Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 3rd Þ 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected go to “AT-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-177 J K L SAT014K M DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — I/C ACS000C9 TCWT0233E AT-178 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 10 OR When vehicle cruises Input clutch solenoid valve Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve operating (in 1st gear, 2nd gear, or 3rd gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear or 5th gear) 0V A B Diagnostic Procedure ACS000CA AT 1. CHECK INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Input clutch solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) F7 6 (OR) - Ground 3-9Ω E F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G SCIA1837E H 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. I J Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 6 (R/W) Continuity K Yes F301 9 (R/W) L 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-181, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-179 SCIA3073E M DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 10 (OR) F7 6 (OR) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA1838E 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-180 DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004IE A INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Input clutch solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 9 (G) - Ground 3-9Ω B AT D If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . E SCIA3074E F Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 9 and ground. G H I SCIA3108E J K L M AT-181 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description ● ● ● – – ACS000CC This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “I/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P1754 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS000CB Input clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● PFP:31940 ACS000CD Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.) Input clutch solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 3 DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000CE CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POSI: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 3rd Þ 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1754) is detected, refer to AT-184, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-182 SAT014K DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Wiring Diagram — AT — I/CF ACS000CF A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0234E AT-183 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 4 10 40 P/L OR Y/G SEL3 (pressure switch 3) Input clutch solenoid valve Data (Approx.) – When vehicle cruises – When the solenoid valve operating (in 1st gear, 2nd gear, or 3rd gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear or 5th gear) 0V DATA BIT1 – Diagnostic Procedure – ACS000CG 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-II Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 3”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. 1. 2. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 4 (P/L) F6 7 (P/L) F104 40 (Y/G) F6 2 (Y/G) F103 10 (OR) F7 6 (OR) Continuity Yes Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3109E AT-184 DTC P1754 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 2 (R) F302 10 (R) F6 7 (W) F302 15 (W) B Continuity AT Yes D E Yes F F7 6 (R/W) F301 9 (R/W) G Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H SCIA3075E I 4. CHECK DTC J Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. K 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION L Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-185 M DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 ACS000CH Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000CI This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “FR/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1757 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. Possible Cause ● ● ACS000CJ Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Front brake solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000CK CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 3rd Þ 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected go to AT-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-186 SAT014K DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — FR/B ACS000CL A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0235E AT-187 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 19 R/B Front brake solenoid valve When vehicle starts Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (other than 4th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear) 0V Diagnostic Procedure ACS000CM 1. CHECK FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) F7 5 (R/B) Ground 3-9Ω Front brake solenoid valve OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. SCIA1839E 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 5 (W/R) F301 8 (W/R) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-190, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-188 SCIA3076E DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 19 (R/B) F7 5 (R/B) B AT Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D SCIA1840E E F 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. G H 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. I J K L M AT-189 DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004IF FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Front brake solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 8 (Y) - Ground 3-9Ω If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . SCIA3077E Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 8 and ground. SCIA3079E AT-190 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description ● ● ● – – ACS000CO This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “FR/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II or P1759 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ● A ACS000CN Front brake solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B shifted to the optimum position. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT On Board Diagnosis Logic ● PFP:31940 D E F ACS000CP Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.) Front brake solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 1 G H DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000CQ CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. I J WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 3rd Þ 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1759) is detected, refer to AT-193, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-230, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-191 K L M SAT014K DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Wiring Diagram — AT — FR/BF ACS000CR TCWT0236E AT-192 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 19 R/B Front brake solenoid valve 35 B/Y PSB2 (pressure switch 1) When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (other than 4th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (4th gear) 0V When front brake solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage When front brake solenoid valve“ ON”. 0V Diagnostic Procedure A B AT ACS000CS 1. INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II) D With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. E F G PCIA0067E H 2. INPUT SIGNALS (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) 1. 2. Without CONSULT-II Start engine. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear). Solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve OFF ON Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 35 (B/Y) - Ground I J Voltage Battery voltage K Approx. 0 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0066E L M AT-193 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 35 (B/Y) F6 3 (B/Y) F103 19 (R/B) F7 5 (R/B) TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Continuity Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3080E 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 3 (G) F302 12 (G) F7 5 (W/R) F301 8 (W/R) Continuity Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3081E AT-194 DTC P1759 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 5. CHECK DTC A Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION B AT Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. D E F G H I J K L M AT-195 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 ACS000CT Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000CU This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “D/C SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1762 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. Possible Cause ● ● ACS000CV Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Direct clutch solenoid valve DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000CW NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 1st Þ 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to AT-198, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-196 SAT014K DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — D/C ACS000CX A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0237E AT-197 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 21 G Direct clutch solenoid valve When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (1st gear or 5th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (2nd gear, 3rd gear, or 4th gear) 0V Diagnostic Procedure ACS000CY 1. CHECK DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Direct clutch solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) F7 4 (G) - Ground 3-9Ω OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. SCIA1841E 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 4 (W/B) F301 7 (W/B) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance Refer to AT-200, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . ● AT-198 SCIA3082E DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 21 (G) F7 4 (G) B AT Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D SCIA1842E E F 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. G H 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. I J K L M AT-199 DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004IG DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Direct clutch solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 7 (L) - Ground 3-9Ω If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . SCIA3083E Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 7 and ground. SCIA3084E AT-200 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description ● ● ● – – ACS000D0 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “D/C SOLENOID FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P1764 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ● A ACS000CZ Direct clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be B shifted to the optimum position. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. AT On Board Diagnosis Logic ● PFP:31940 Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.) Direct clutch solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 5 F G H ACS000D2 NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 3. 4. 5. E ACS000D1 DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. D I J Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 1st Þ 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1764) is detected, refer to AT-203, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-198, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-238, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-201 K L M SAT014K DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Wiring Diagram — AT — D/CF ACS000D3 TCWT0238E AT-202 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 21 G Direct clutch solenoid valve When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (1st gear or 5th gear) More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating (2nd gear, 3rd gear, or 4th gear) 0V A B 22 P/B SEL2 (pressure switch 5) – – 40 Y/G DATA BIT1 – – Diagnostic Procedure AT ACS000D4 D 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS E With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ 2nd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 5”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. F G H PCIA0067E 2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR I 1. 2. 3. J Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 22 (P/B) F6 6 (P/B) F104 40 (Y/G) F6 2 (Y/G) F103 21 (G) F7 4 (G) K Continuity L Yes M Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3086E AT-203 DTC P1764 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 2 (R) F302 10 (R) F6 6 (GY) F302 14 (GY) F7 4 (W/B) F301 7 (W/B) Continuity Yes Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3085E 4. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-204 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 A ACS000D5 High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000D6 This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “HLR/C SOL/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1767 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. When TCM detects as irregular by comparing target value with monitor value. Possible Cause ● ● ACS000D7 Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve D E ACS000D8 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. G H I WITH CONSULT-II 5. AT F DTC Confirmation Procedure 1. 2. 3. 4. B Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 2nd Þ 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. If DTC is detected, go to AT-207, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-205 J K L SAT014K M DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — HLR/C ACS000D9 TCWT0239E AT-206 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 11 R/L High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve operating [6 km/h (4 MPH) or faster in 1st gear or 2nd gear] More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating [6 km/h (4 MPH) or slower in 1st gear or 3rd, 4th, or 5th gear] 0V A B Diagnostic Procedure ACS000DA AT 1. CHECK HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) F7 3 (R/L) - Ground 3-9Ω E F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G SCIA1843E H 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. I J Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 3 (B/W) Continuity K Yes F301 5 (B/W) L 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-209, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-207 SCIA3087E M DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 11 (R/L) F7 3 (R/L) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA1844E 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-208 DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004IH A HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 5 (R) - Ground 3-9Ω B AT D If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . E SCIA3088E F Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 5 and ground. G H I SCIA3089E J K L M AT-209 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION PFP:31940 Description ● ● ACS000DB High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve is controlled by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● – – ACS000DC This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “HLR/C SOL FNCTN” with CONSULT-II or P1769 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS000DD Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.) High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 6 DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000DE CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 2nd Þ 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1769) is detected, refer to AT-212, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-207, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-242, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-210 SAT014K DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Wiring Diagram — AT — HLR/CF ACS000DF A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0240E AT-211 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5,14,24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 11 26 R/L G/Y High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve PSC2 (pressure switch 6) When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve operating [6 km/h (4 MPH) or faster in 1st gear or 2nd gear] More than 2V When the solenoid valve is not operating [6 km/h (4 MPH) or slower in 1st gear or 3rd, 4th, or 5th gear] 0V When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “ON”. 0V When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage Diagnostic Procedure ACS000DG 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II) With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 6”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear). Solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 26 (G/Y) - Ground OFF ON Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0068E AT-212 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 3. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. A Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 26 (G/Y) F6 4 (G/Y) F103 11 (R/L) F7 3 (R/L) TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector B AT Continuity Yes D Yes E 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. F G H SCIA3090E I 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. J K Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 4 (Y) Continuity L Yes F302 11 (Y) F7 3 (B/W) F301 5 (B/W) M Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3091E AT-213 DTC P1769 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-214 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Description PFP:31940 A ACS000DH Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000DI This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “LC/B SOLENOID/CIRC” with CONSULT-II or P1772 without CONSULT-II is detected when TCM detects an improper voltage drop when it tries to operate the solenoid valve. Possible Cause ● ● B AT D ACS000DJ Harness or connectors (The solenoid circuit is open or shorted.) Low coast brake solenoid valve E DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000DK NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. F G WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Start engine. Drive vehicle and maintain the following conditions for at least 5 consecutive seconds. Selector lever: “M” position Gear position: “M1-1st” or “M2-2nd” gear (LC/B ON/OFF) If DTC is detected, go to AT-217, "Diagnostic Procedure" . H I J SAT014K K WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. L M AT-215 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Wiring Diagram — AT — LC/B ACS000DL TCWT0241E AT-216 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 13 W/L When vehicle cruises Low coast brake solenoid valve Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (when running in M1-1 gear or M2-2 gear) Battery voltage When the solenoid valve is not operating (when running in “D”) 0V A B Diagnostic Procedure ACS000DM AT 1. CHECK LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. D Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector at the transmission right side. Check the resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Approx.) F7 2 (W/L) - Ground 20 - 40 Ω Low coast brake solenoid valve E F OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. G SCIA1835E H 2. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. I J Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F7 2 (B/R) Continuity K Yes F301 4 (B/R) L 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. 3. CHECK VALVE RESISTANCE Check valve resistance ● Refer to AT-219, "Component Inspection" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . AT-217 SCIA3092E M DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE 4. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 13 (W/L) F7 2 (W/L) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA1836E 5. CHECK DTC Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-218 DTC P1772 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Component Inspection ACS004II A LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE Resistance check 1. 2. 3. 4. Turn ignition switch OFF. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect control valve assembly harness connector. Check resistance between terminal and ground. Solenoid Valve Low coast brake solenoid valve 5. Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Resistance (Ω) (Approx.) F301 4 (W) - Ground 20 - 40 Ω B AT D If NG, replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . E SCIA3093E F Operation check ● Check solenoid valve by listening for its operating sound while applying battery voltage to the terminal 4 and ground. G H I SCIA3094E J K L M AT-219 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Description ● ● ● – – ACS000DO This is an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “LC/B SOLENOID FNCT” with CONSULT-II or P1774 without CONSULT-II is detected under the following conditions. When TCM detects that actual gear ratio is irregular, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) When TCM detects that relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 2 is irregular during releasing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ● ACS000DN Low coast brake solenoid valve is turned “ON” or “OFF” by the TCM in response to signals sent from the PNP switch, vehicle speed sensor and accelerator pedal position sensor (throttle position sensor). Gears will then be shifted to the optimum position. This is not only caused by electrical malfunction (circuits open or shorted) but also by mechanical malfunction such as control valve sticking, improper solenoid valve operation. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● PFP:31940 ACS000DP Harness or connectors (The solenoid and switch circuits are open or shorted.) Low coast brake solenoid valve ATF pressure switch 2 DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000DQ CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. Selector lever: “M” position Gear position: “M1-1st” or “M2-2nd” gear (LC/B ON/OFF) Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1774) is detected, refer to AT-222, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1772) is detected, go to AT-217, "Diagnostic Procedure" . WITH GST Follow the procedure “With CONSULT-II”. AT-220 SAT014K DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION Wiring Diagram — AT — LC/BF ACS000DR A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0242E AT-221 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 13 W/L Low coast brake solenoid valve When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When the solenoid valve is operating (when running in M1-1 gear or M2-2 gear) Battery voltage When the solenoid valve is not operating (when running in “D”) 0V 16 W/G SEL1 (pressure switch 2) – – 40 Y/G DATA BIT1 – – Diagnostic Procedure ACS000DS 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the manual mode (“M1-1st” or “M2-2nd” gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 2”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 16 (W/G) F6 5 (W/G) F104 40 (Y/G) F6 2 (Y/G) F103 13 (W/L) F7 2 (W/L) Continuity Yes Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA3095E AT-222 DTC P1774 LOW COAST BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE FUNCTION 3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 2 (R) F302 10 (R) F6 5 (L) F302 13 (L) B Continuity AT Yes D E Yes F F7 2 (B/R) F301 4 (B/R) G Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. H SCIA3096E I 4. CHECK DTC J Perform “DTC Confirmation Procedure”. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. K 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION L Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-223 M DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH Description PFP:34901 ACS000DT Manual mode switch is installed in A/T device. It sends manual mode switch, shift up and shift down switch signals to TCM. TCM sends the switch signals to combination meter. By CAN communication line. Then manual mode switch position is indicated on the A/T indicator. For inspection, refer to AT-227, "Position Indicator Lamp" . CONSULT-II Reference Value in Data Monitor Mode Monitor Item MANU MODE SW NON M-MODE SW UP SW LEVER DOWN SW LEVER Condition ● ● ON Other than the above OFF Manual shift gate position OFF Other than the above ON Select lever: + side ON Other than the above OFF Select lever: - side ON Other than the above OFF ACS000DV This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “MANU MODE SW/CIR” with CONSULT-II is detected when TCM monitors Manual mode, Non manual mode, Up or Down switch signal, and detects as irregular when impossible input pattern occurs 1 second or more. Possible Cause ● ● ● Reference Value Manual shift gate position (neutral) On Board Diagnosis Logic ACS000DU ACS000DW Harness or connectors (These switches circuit is open or shorted.) Mode select switch (Built into A/T control device) Position select switch (Built into A/T control device) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000DX NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. Move selector lever to “M” position. Start engine and drive vehicle for at least 2 consecutive seconds. If DTC is detected, go to AT-226, "Diagnostic Procedure" . SAT014K AT-224 DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH Wiring Diagram — AT — MMSW ACS000DY A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0243E AT-225 DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH Diagnostic Procedure ACS000DZ 1. CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITH CONSULT-II) With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “MANU MODE SW”, “NON M-MODE SW”, “UP SW LEVER”, “DOWN SW LEVER”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0064E 2. CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Without CONSULT-II Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually coincide when the selector lever is shifted to the “+ (up)” or “- (down)” side (1st ⇔ 5th gear). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following items. ● Power supply. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . ● Manual mode switch. Refer to AT-227, "Component Inspection" . ● Pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. ● Open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connector for A/T device (manual mode switch). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4 NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4. CHECK DTC Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to AT-224, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Replace the control device assembly. AT-226 DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH Component Inspection ACS000E0 A MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check continuity between terminals. Refer to AT-225, "Wiring Diagram — AT — MMSW" . Item Position Connector No. Terminal No. (Unit side) Auto Manual mode (select) switch 6-9 M47 Up DOWN switch B 9 - 10 Manual UP switch Continuity 8-9 Down Yes AT 7-9 Position Indicator Lamp ACS000E1 DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE D 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS E With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for A/T with CONSULT-II and read out the value of “GEAR”. 3. Drive vehicle in the manual mode, and confirm that the actual gear position and the meter's indication of the position mutually coincide when the select lever is shifted to the “+ (up)” or “(down)” side (1st ⇔ 5th gear). OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Check the following items. F G H PCIA0065E Position indicator lamp symptom chart I Items Presumed location of trouble The actual gear position does not change, or shifting into the manual mode is not possible (no gear shifting in the manual mode possible). The position indicator lamp is not indicated. Manual mode switch Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . A/T main system (Fail-safe function actuated) The actual gear position changes, but the position indicator lamp is not indicated. Execute the self-diagnosis function. ● The actual gear position and the indication on the position indicator lamp do not coincide. ● Only a specific position or positions is/are not indicated on the position indicator lamp. Check the meter control unit. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . ● J Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . K Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . Execute the self-diagnosis function. Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II SETTING PROCEDURE" . AT-227 L M DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 Description PFP:25240 ACS000E2 Fail-safe function to detect front brake clutch solenoid valve condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000E3 This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “ATF PRES SW 1/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected, when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 1 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ACS000E4 ATF pressure switch 1 Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000E5 CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 3rd Þ 4th Gear (FR/B ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1841) is detected, go to AT-230, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1757) is detected, go to AT-188, "Diagnostic Procedure" . AT-228 SAT014K DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW1 ACS000E6 A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0244E AT-229 DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 35 B/Y PSB2 (pressure switch 1) When vehicle starts Data (Approx.) When front brake solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage When front brake solenoid valve“ ON”. 0V Diagnostic Procedure ACS000E7 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II) With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 1”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear). Solenoid valve Front brake solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 35 (B/Y) - Ground OFF ON Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0066E 3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 35 (B/Y) F6 3 (B/Y) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. AT-230 SCIA3097E DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 3 (G) F302 12 (G) B Continuity AT Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D SCIA3098E E F 5. CHECK DTC Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. G H 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. I J K L M AT-231 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 Description PFP:25240 ACS000E8 Fail-safe function to detect input clutch solenoid valve condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000E9 This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “ATF PRES SW 3/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected, when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 3 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ACS000EA ATF pressure switch 3 Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000EB CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 3rd Þ 4th Gear (I/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1843) is detected, go to AT-234, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1752) is detected, go to AT-179, "Diagnostic Procedure" . AT-232 SAT014K DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW3 ACS000EC A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0245E AT-233 DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color Data (Approx.) 4 P/L SEL3 (pressure switch 3) – – 40 Y/G DATA BIT1 – – Diagnostic Procedure ACS000ED 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-II Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (3rd Þ 4th gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 3”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 2. 1. 2. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 4 (P/L) F6 7 (P/L) F104 40 (Y/G) F6 2 (Y/G) Continuity Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. AT-234 SCIA3099E DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3 3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 2 (R) F302 10 (R) F6 7 (W) B Continuity AT Yes D SCIA3100E E Yes F302 15 (W) F 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 4. CHECK DTC H Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 5. I 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION J Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. K L M AT-235 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 Description PFP:25240 ACS000EE Fail-safe function to detect direct clutch solenoid valve condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000EF This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “ATF PRES SW 5/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected, when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 5 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ACS000EG ATF pressure switch 5 Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000EH CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 1st Þ 2nd Gear (D/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1845) is detected, go to AT-238, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1762) is detected, go to AT-198, "Diagnostic Procedure" . AT-236 SAT014K DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW5 ACS000EI A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0246E AT-237 DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 TCM terminals and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color Data (Approx.) 22 P/B SEL2 (pressure switch 5) – – 40 Y/G DATA BIT1 – – Diagnostic Procedure ACS000EJ 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS With CONSULT-II Start engine. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (1st Þ 2nd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 5”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. 1. 2. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN TCM AND A/T UNIT ASSEMBLY HARNESS CONNECTOR 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 22 (P/B) F6 6 (P/B) F104 40 (Y/G) F6 2 (Y/G) Continuity Yes Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. AT-238 SCIA3101E DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5 3. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 2 (R) F302 10 (R) F6 6 (GY) B Continuity AT Yes D SCIA3102E E Yes F302 14 (GY) F 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. G 4. CHECK DTC H Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. I 5. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION J Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. K L M AT-239 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 Description PFP:25240 ACS000EK Fail-safe function to detect high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve condition. On Board Diagnosis Logic ● ● ACS000EL This is not an OBD-II self-diagnostic item. Diagnostic trouble code “ATF PRES SW 6/CIRC” with CONSULT-II is detected, when TCM detects that actual gear ratio is normal, and relation between gear position and condition of ATF pressure switch 6 is irregular during depressing accelerator pedal. (Other than during shift change) Possible Cause ● ● ACS000EM ATF pressure switch 6 Harness or connectors (The switch circuit is open or shorted.) DTC Confirmation Procedure ACS000EN CAUTION: Always drive vehicle at a safe speed. NOTE: If “DTC Confirmation Procedure” has been previously conducted, always turn ignition switch “OFF” and wait at least 10 seconds before conducting the next test. After the repair, perform the following procedure to confirm the malfunction is eliminated. WITH CONSULT-II 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Start engine. Accelerate vehicle to maintain the following condition. ACCELE POS: 1.5/8 - 2.0/8 Selector lever: “D” position Gear position: 2nd Þ 3rd Gear (HLR/C ON/OFF) Driving location: Driving the vehicle uphill (increased engine load) will help maintain the driving conditions required for this test. Perform step “2” again. Turn ignition switch OFF, then perform step “1” to “3” again. Check “SELF-DIAG RESULTS” mode for “A/T” with CONSULTII. If DTC (P1846) is detected, go to AT-242, "Diagnostic Procedure" . If DTC (P1767) is detected, go to AT-207, "Diagnostic Procedure" . AT-240 SAT014K DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 Wiring Diagram — AT — FPSW6 ACS000EO A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0247E AT-241 DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5,14,24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color 26 G/Y PSC2 (pressure switch 6) When vehicle cruises Data (Approx.) When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “ON”. 0V When high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve “OFF”. Battery voltage Diagnostic Procedure ACS000EP 1. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITH CONSULT-II) With CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” or “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear), and confirm the ON/OFF actuation of the “ATF PRES SW 6”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0067E 2. CHECK INPUT SIGNALS (WITHOUT CONSULT-II) Without CONSULT-II 1. Start engine. 2. Accelerate vehicle in the “D” position (2nd Þ 3rd gear). Solenoid valve High and low reverse clutch solenoid valve Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 26 (G/Y) - Ground OFF ON Voltage Battery voltage Approx. 0 V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 3. PCIA0068E 3. CHECK POWER SOURCE CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect TCM connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and TCM connector. Item TCM A/T unit assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F104 26 (G/Y) F6 4 (G/Y) Continuity Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. 5. Reinstall any part removed. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. AT-242 SCIA3103E DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6 4. CHECK TERMINAL CORD ASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disconnect A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Check continuity between A/T unit assembly harness connector and control valve assembly harness connector. Item A/T unit assembly harness connector Control valve assembly harness connector Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F6 4 (Y) F302 11 (Y) B Continuity AT Yes 4. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. D SCIA3104E E F 5. CHECK DTC Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to AT-108, "DTC Confirmation Procedure" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. G H 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> Replace the control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. I J K L M AT-243 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION, MANUAL MODE, BRAKE AND THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION, MANUAL MODE, BRAKE AND THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT PFP:31918 Diagnostic Procedure ACS000EQ 1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “MAIN SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out “N·P”, “R” and “D” position switches moving selector lever to each position. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> GO TO 2. PCIA0034E 2. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following items. ● Disconnection or short-circuit in the harness between TCM and PNP switch 1, 2, 3, 4. ● Disconnection or short-circuit in the harness between the PNP switch 3 monitor and TCM. ● PNP switch. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 3. CHECK MANUAL MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “MANU MODE SW”, “NON M-MODE SW”, “UP SW LEVER”, “DOWN SW LEVER”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. 1. 2. PCIA0064E 4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following items. ● Manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . ● Check the connector housing for missing, loosening, bending or falling down of any terminal. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-244 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION, MANUAL MODE, BRAKE AND THROTTLE POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT 5. CHECK BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT A With CONSULT-II Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Read out ON/OFF switching action of the “BRAKE SW”. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Check the following items. ● Brake switch. Refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" . ● Combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . 1. 2. B AT D E PCIA0070E 6. CHECK THROTTLE POSITION SIGNAL CIRCUIT F With CONSULT-II 1. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) 2. Select “ECU INPUT SIGNALS” in “DATA MONITOR” mode for “A/T” with CONSULT-II. 3. Depress accelerator pedal and read out the value of “CLSD THL POS” and “W/O THL POS”. G H Monitor item Accelerator pedal operation CLSD THL POS W/O THL POS Released ON OFF Fully depressed OFF ON I PCIA0070E 4. Perform the self-diagnosis for “ENGINE” with CONSULT-II. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. J K 7. CHECK DTC L Perform SELF-DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE. ● Refer to AT-92, "CONSULT-II" . ● CAN Communication Line. Refer to AT-105 . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8. M 8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-245 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Wiring Diagram — AT — NONDTC PFP:00007 ACS000ER TCWT0248E AT-246 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS A B AT D E F G H I J K L M TCWT0249E AT-247 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS TCM terminal and Data are reference value. Measured between each terminals 5, 14, 24 and 46 (TCM ground). Terminal Wire Item Condition No. color Data (Approx.) 6 L CAN-H – – – 7 R CAN-L – – – 23 PU K-line (CONSULT-II signal) 41 R/L BACK-UP LAMP relay The terminal is connected to the Data link connector for CONSULT-II. IGN ON Selector lever in “R” position. 0V Selector lever in other position. Battery voltage A/T Check Indicator Lamp Does Not Come On ACS0029M SYMPTOM: A/T CHECK indicator lamp does 1not come on for about 2 seconds when turning ignition switch to “ON”. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK CAN COMMUNICATION LINE Execute the self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnosis results indicate CAN communication? YES >> Check the CAN communication line. Refer to AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK TCM POWER SOURCE 1. 2. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. Refer to AT-140, "Wiring Diagram — AT — POWER" . Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) F103 9 (R/W) - Ground TCM 33 (Y/R) - Ground F104 3. 4. Voltage Battery voltage 42 (Y/R) - Ground Turn ignition switch OFF. Check voltage between TCM connector terminals and ground. Refer to AT-140, "Wiring Diagram — AT — POWER" . Item Connector No. Terminal No. (Wire color) Voltage F103 9 (R/W) - Ground Battery voltage 33 (Y/R) - Ground TCM F104 42 (Y/R) - Ground 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 3. AT-248 SCIA1672E TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 3. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A Check the following items: ● Harness for short or open between battery and TCM terminal 9 B ● Harness for short or open between ignition switch and TCM terminals 2, 3, 33 and 42 ● Harness for short or open between IPDM E/R terminal 33 and A/T PV IGN relay terminals 2 ● Harness for short or open between A/T PV IGN relay terminal 1 and ground. AT ● 15A fuse (No.34, located in the fuse and fusible link block) and 10A fuse (No. 71, located in the IPDM E/R) ● Ignition switch; Refer to PG-3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" . ● A/T PV IGN relay; Refer to AT-144, "Component Inspection" . D ● ECM relay; Refer to EC-130, "POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT" . OK or NG E OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 4. CHECK TCM GROUND CIRCUIT F 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect the TCM connector. Check continuity between terminals 5 (B), 14 (B), 24 (B), 46 (B) and ground. Refer to AT-140, "Wiring Diagram — AT — POWER" . 4. If OK, check the harness for short-circuit to ground or the power source. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair the short-circuit(s) in the harness or connector to ground or the power source. G H I J SCIA1161E 5. CHECK A/T CHECK INDICATOR LAMP CIRCUIT Turn ignition switch OFF. Check the combination meter. Refer to DI-4, "COMBINATION METERS" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to DI-16, "Removal and Installation for Combination Meter" . K 1. 2. 6. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check Before Engine is Started" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 7. 7. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-249 L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Engine Cannot Be Started In “P” or “N” Position ACS0029N SYMPTOM: ● ● Engine cannot be started with selector lever in “P” or “N” position. Engine can be started with selector lever in “D”or “R” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . SCIA1904E 3. CHECK STARTING SYSTEM Check starting system. Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. In “P” Position, Vehicle Moves When Pushed ACS0029O SYMPTOM: Even though the selector lever is set in the “P” position, the parking mechanism is not actuated, allowing the vehicle to be moved when it is pushed. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . NO >> GO TO 2. AT-250 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE A Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . B AT D SCIA1904E 3. CHECK PARKING COMPONENTS E Check parking components. Refer to AT-307, "Parking Components" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F In “N” Position, Vehicle Moves ACS0029P G SYMPTOM: Vehicle moves forward or backward when selecting “N” position. H DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK PNP SWITCH CIRCUIT Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnosis results indicate PNP switch? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE I J K Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . L M SCIA1904E AT-251 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 4. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.67). SAT171B 5. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-252 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Large Shock (“N” to “D” Position) ACS0029Q A SYMPTOM: A noticeable shock occurs when the selector lever is shifted from the “N” to “D” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. AT Do the self-diagnostic results indicate A/T fluid temperature sensor, engine speed signal, accelerator pedal position sensor, ATF pressure switch 1, front brake solenoid valve, CAN communication line? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-153, "DTC P1710 A/T FLUID TEMPERATURE D SENSOR CIRCUIT" , AT-122, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-228, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-186, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICAE TION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. ENGINE IDLE SPEED F Check the engine idle speed. Refer to EC-30, "Idle Speed and Ignition Timing Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Repair. G 3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE H Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . I J K SCIA1904E L 4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check the A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Refill ATF. M SAT638A AT-253 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high: GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low: GO TO 7. SAT494G 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. 8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. 1. 2. SAT171B AT-254 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.1). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● B AT 10. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. AT-55, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. D E 11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position ACS0029R F G H SYMPTOM: The vehicle does not creep in the “R” position. Or an extreme lack of acceleration is observed. I DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS J Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve, CAN communication line, PNP switch? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-240, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" , AT-205, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" , AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE K L M Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . SCIA1904E AT-255 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 4. CHECK STALL TEST Check stall revolution with selector lever in “M” and “R” positions. Refer to AT-51, "STALL TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. OK in “M” position, NG in “R” position>>1.Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . 2. Check the following items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. – Reverse brake NG in both “M” and “R” positions>>GO TO 7. SAT493G 5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check the line pressure with the engine idling. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7. SAT494G 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. AT-256 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. B AT D 8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. 1. 2. F G H SAT171B I 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● J K 10. CHECK SYMPTOM L Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. M 11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-257 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position ACS0029S SYMPTOM: Vehicle does not creep forward when selecting “D” position. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication line, PNP switch? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" , AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . SCIA1904E 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 4. CHECK STALL TEST Check stall revolution with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT51, "STALL TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 7. SAT493G AT-258 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A Check line pressure at idle with selector lever in “D” position. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7. B AT D SAT494G 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F G H 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. I J K L 8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> GO TO 9. 1. 2. M SAT171B AT-259 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.43). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 10. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-55, "Check at Idle" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. 11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1 ACS0029T SYMPTOM: Vehicle cannot be started from D1 on cruise test - Part 1. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Check if vehicle creeps in “R” position. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-255, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Backward In “R” Position" . 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Is any malfunction detected by self-diagnostic results? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. NO >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK ACCELERATOR POSITION (APP) SENSOR Check accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. Refer to AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Repair or replace accelerator pedal position (APP) sensor. AT-260 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 4. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Refill ATF. B AT D SAT638A 5. CHECK LINE PRESSURE E Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 6. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 7. F G H SAT494G 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM I Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. AT-261 J K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 8. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> GO TO 12. SAT171B 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 10. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. 11. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 12. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.23). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● AT-262 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS A/T Does Not Shift: D1 → D2 ACS0029U A SYMPTOM: The vehicle does not shift-up from the D1 to D2 gear at the specified speed. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE B 1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position” and vehicle can be started from D1. AT OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-258, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-260, "Vehicle Cannot Be D Started From D1" . 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS E Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 5, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-236, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-196, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-117, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-164, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . NO >> GO TO 3. F G 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL H Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. I J K SAT638A L 4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6. M SAT494G AT-263 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. 7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11. 1. 2. SAT171B 8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 9. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. AT-264 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION A Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . B 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END AT NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.10). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● A/T Does Not Shift: D2 → D3 ACS0029V SYMPTOM: D E F The vehicle does not shift-up from D2 to D3 gear at the specified speed. G DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position” and vehicle can be started from D1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-258, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-260, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" . 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS H I J Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 6, high and low reverse clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-240, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" , AT-205, "DTC P1767 HIGH AND LOW REVERSE CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-117, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-164, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . NO >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A AT-265 K L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6. SAT494G 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. 7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11. 1. 2. SAT171B AT-266 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● B AT 9. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. D E 10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. F G H 11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.11). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● A/T Does Not Shift: D3 → D4 ● J ACS0029W SYMPTOM: ● I The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear at the specified speed. The vehicle does not shift-up from the D3 to D4 gear unless A/T is warmed up. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE K L 1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position” and vehicle can be started from D1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-258, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-260, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" . 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3, front brake solenoid valve, input clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-228, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-232, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" , AT-177, "DTC P1752 INPUT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-186, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-117, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-164, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . NO >> GO TO 3. AT-267 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6. SAT494G 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. AT-268 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11. B AT D SAT171B E 8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 9. CHECK SYMPTOM F G H Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. 10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION I J Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. K L 11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.12). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● AT-269 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS A/T Does Not Shift: D4 → D5 ACS0029X SYMPTOM: ● ● The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear at the specified speed. The vehicle does not shift-up from the D4 to D5 gear unless A/T is warmed up. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CONFIRM THE SYMPTOM Check if vehicle creeps forward in “D” position” and vehicle can be started from D1. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refer to AT-258, "Vehicle Does Not Creep Forward In “D” Position" , AT-260, "Vehicle Cannot Be Started From D1" . 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, front brake solenoid valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, accelerator pedal position sensor, turbine revolution sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sensor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-228, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-236, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-186, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-196, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-159, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-117, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-164, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . NO >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 4. CHECK LINE PRESSURE Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 5. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 6. SAT494G AT-270 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM A 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. B AT 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM D Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. E F G 7. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION H Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> GO TO 11. 1. 2. I J K SAT171B L 8. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 9. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" , AT-58, "Cruise Test - Part 2" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 10. AT-271 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 10. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 11. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.13). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● A/T Does Not Perform Lock-up ACS0029Y SYMPTOM: A/T does not perform lock-up at the specified speed. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine revolution sensor, accelerator pedal position sensor, CAN communication? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-124, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-122, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-159, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A AT-272 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 3. CHECK LINE PRESSURE A Check line pressure at the engine stall point. Refer to AT-52, "LINE PRESSURE TEST" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG - 1 >> Line pressure high. GO TO 4. NG - 2 >> Line pressure low. GO TO 5. B AT D SAT494G 4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM E 1. 2. 3. Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F G H 5. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Control valve assembly. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Disassemble A/T. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . Check the following items: – Oil pump assembly. Refer to AT-339, "Oil Pump" . – Power train system. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . – Transmission case. Refer to AT-325, "DISASSEMBLY" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 2. 3. I J K L 6. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 10. 1. 2. M SAT171B AT-273 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 8. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 9. 9. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 10. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.24). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● A/T Does Not Hold Lock-up Condition ACS0029Z SYMPTOM: The lock-up condition cannot be maintained for more than 30 seconds. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine revolution sensor, CAN communication? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-124, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-122, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-159, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2. AT-274 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL A Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. B AT D SAT638A 3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 7. F G H SAT171B I 4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 5. CHECK SYMPTOM J K L Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-275 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.25). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● Lock-up Is Not Released ACS002A0 SYMPTOM: The lock-up condition cannot be cancelled even after releasing the accelerator pedal. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate torque converter clutch solenoid valve, engine speed signal, turbine revolution sensor, CAN communication? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-124, "DTC P0740 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-122, "DTC P0725 ENGINE SPEED SIGNAL" , AT-159, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" , AT-105, "DTC U1000 CAN COMMUNICATION LINE" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 3. 3. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. Engine Speed Does Not Return To Idle SYMPTOM: When a shift-down is performed, the engine speed does not smoothly return to the idling speed. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Refill ATF. AT-276 ACS002A1 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS A Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate front brake solenoid valve, direct clutch solenoid valve, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 5, accelerator pedal position sensor, vehicle speed sensor A/T (revolution sen- B sor) and vehicle speed sensor MTR? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-186, "DTC P1757 FRONT BRAKE SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-196, "DTC P1762 DIRECT CLUTCH SOLENOID VALVE" , AT-228, "DTC P1841 ATF AT PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-236, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" , AT-151, "DTC P1705 THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR" , AT-117, "DTC P0720 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR A/T (REVOLUTION SENSOR)" , AT-164, "DTC P1721 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR MTR" . D NO >> GO TO 3. 3. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION E Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> GO TO 7. 1. 2. F G H SAT171B I 4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● J K 5. CHECK SYMPTOM L Check again. AT-56, "Cruise Test - Part 1" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 6. M 6. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. AT-277 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 7. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.72). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● Cannot Be Changed to Manual Mode ACS002A2 SYMPTOM: Does not change to manual mode when manual shift gate is used. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 2. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate turbine revolution sensor? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-159, "DTC P1716 TURBINE REVOLUTION SENSOR" . NO >> INSPECTION END A/T Does Not Shift: 5th gear → 4th gear ACS002A3 SYMPTOM: When shifted from 5M to 4M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 5th to 4th gear. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-228, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A AT-278 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE A Check the control linkage. ● Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . B AT D SCIA1904E 4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH E Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. F 5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION G Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9. 1. 2. H I J SAT171B K 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 7. CHECK SYMPTOM Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8. AT-279 L M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION 1. Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.14). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● A/T Does Not Shift: 4th gear → 3rd gear ACS002A4 SYMPTOM: When shifted from 4M to 3M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 4th to 3rd gear. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 1, ATF pressure switch 3? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-228, "DTC P1841 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 1" , AT-232, "DTC P1843 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 3" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE Check the control linkage. ● Refer toAT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . SCIA1904E AT-280 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH A Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. B 5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION AT Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9. 1. 2. D E F SAT171B G 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 7. CHECK SYMPTOM H I J Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8. K 8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION L Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.15). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● AT-281 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS A/T Does Not Shift: 3rd gear → 2nd gear ACS002A5 SYMPTOM: When shifted from 3M to 2M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 3rd to 2nd gear. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 6? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-240, "DTC P1846 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 6" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE Check the control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . ● SCIA1904E 4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-282 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9. B AT D SAT171B E 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 7. CHECK SYMPTOM F G H Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8. 8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION I J Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. K L 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.16). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● AT-283 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS A/T Does Not Shift: 2nd gear → 1st gear ACS002A6 SYMPTOM: When shifted from 2M to 1M position in manual mode, does not downshift from 2nd to 1st gear. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-236, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE Check the control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . ● SCIA1904E 4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-284 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9. B AT D SAT171B E 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 7. CHECK SYMPTOM F G H Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8. 8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION I J Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. K L 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.17). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● AT-285 M TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS Vehicle Does Not Decelerate By Engine Brake ACS002A7 SYMPTOM: No engine brake is applied when the gear is shifted from the D2 to D1. DIAGNOSTIC PROCEDURE 1. CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULTS Execute self-diagnosis. Do the self-diagnostic results indicate PNP switch, ATF pressure switch 5? YES >> Check the malfunctioning system. Refer to AT-112, "DTC P0705 PARK/NEUTRAL POSITION SWITCH" , AT-236, "DTC P1845 ATF PRESSURE SWITCH 5" . NO >> GO TO 2. 2. CHECK A/T FLUID LEVEL Check A/T fluid level again. Refer to AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Refill ATF. SAT638A 3. CHECK CONTROL LINKAGE Check the control linkage. Refer toAT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 4. NG >> Adjust control linkage. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . ● SCIA1904E 4. MANUAL MODE SWITCH Check the manual mode switch. Refer to AT-224, "DTC P1815 MANUAL MODE SWITCH" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-286 TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS FOR SYMPTOMS 5. CHECK A/T FLUID CONDITION A 1. 2. Remove oil pan. Refer to AT-299, "Control Valve Assembly" . Check A/T fluid condition. Refer to AT-51, "Fluid Condition Check" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 6. NG >> GO TO 9. B AT D SAT171B E 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● 7. CHECK SYMPTOM F G H Check again. Refer to AT-59, "Cruise Test - Part 3" . OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 8. 8. PERFORM TCM INSPECTION I J Perform TCM input/output signal inspection. Refer to AT-89, "TCM Input/Output Signal Reference Values" . 2. If NG, recheck TCM pin terminals for damage or loose connection with harness connector. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 1. K L 9. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the malfunction items. If any items are damaged, repair or replace damaged parts. Refer to AT-62, "Symptom Chart" (Symptom No.58). OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. ● AT-287 M SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM Control Device Removal and Installation PFP:34901 ACS000GG SCIA3433E 1. Select lever knob 2. Knob cover 3. 4. Control device assembly 5. A/T device harness connector 6. Shift lock relay 7. Shift lock solenoid and park position switch assembly 8. Snap pin 9. Conical washer 10. Plain washer 11. Pivot pin 12. Control rod 13. Dust cover 14. Dust cover plate AT-288 Lock pin SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. Disconnect lower lever of control device and control rod. Remove knob cover below select lever downward. Pull lock pin out of select lever knob. Remove select lever knob. Remove console finisher. ● Refer to IP-10, "INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY" . Remove center console. ● Refer to IP-10, "INSTRUMENT PANEL ASSEMBLY" . Remove key interlock cable from control device. ● Refer to AT-296, "KEY INTERLOCK CABLE" . Disconnect A/T device harness connector. Remove control device assembly. A B AT D SCIA1226E E INSTALLATION Install in reverse order of removal. Be careful of the following: ● After installation is completed, adjust and check A/T position. Adjustment of A/T Position 1. 2. 3. F ACS000GH G Loosen nut of pivot pin. Place PNP switch and select lever in “P” position. While pressing lower lever toward rear of vehicle (in “P” position direction), tighten nut to specified torque. H I J SCIA1904E Checking of A/T Position ACS000GJ 1. 2. Place select lever in “P” position, and turn ignition switch ON (engine stop). Check that select lever can be shifted to other than “P” position when brake pedal is depressed. Also check that select lever can be shifted from “P” position only when brake pedal is depressed. 3. Move the select lever and check for excessive effort, sticking, noise or rattle. 4. Confirm the select lever stops at each position with the feel of engagement when it is moved through all the positions. Check whether or not the actual position the select lever is in matches the position shown by the shift position indicator and the transmission body. 5. The method of operating the lever to individual positions correctly should be as shown in the figure. 6. When selector button is pressed in “P”, “R”, or “N” position without applying forward/backward force to select lever, check button operation for sticking. 7. Confirm the back-up lamps illuminate only when lever is placed in the “R” position. Confirm the back-up lamps does not illuminate when select lever is in the “P” or “N” position with the lever pushed against the “R” position. 8. Confirm the engine can only be started with the select lever in SCIA3906E the “P” and “N” positions. And confirm that the engine can be started when the select lever is being moved back and front in the “P” position. 9. Check that transmission is locked completely in “P” position. 10. When select lever is set to manual shift gate, check that manual mode is displayed on combination meter. AT-289 K L M SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM Shift select lever to “+” and “-” sides, and check that set shift position changes. (Only while a car is operating) AT-290 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM Description ● ● PFP:34950 A ACS000GK The mechanical key interlock mechanism also operates as a shift lock: With the ignition switch turned to ON, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” (parking) to any other B position unless the brake pedal is depressed. With the key removed, the selector lever cannot be shifted from “P” to any other position. The key cannot be removed unless the selector lever is placed in “P”. AT The shift lock and key interlock mechanisms are controlled by the ON-OFF operation of the shift lock solenoid and by the operation of the rotator and slider located inside the key cylinder. Shift Lock System Electrical Parts Location ACS000GL D E F G H I J K L M SCIA4996E AT-291 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM Wiring Diagram — AT — SHIFT ACS000GM TCWT0250E AT-292 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM Diagnostic Procedure ACS000GN A SYMPTOM 1: ● Selector lever cannot be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal applied. B ● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position with key in ON position and brake pedal released. ● Selector lever can be moved from “P” position when key is removed from key cylinder. SYMPTOM 2: AT ● Ignition key cannot be removed when selector lever is set to “P” position. ● Ignition key can be removed when selector lever is set to any position except “P”. D 1. CHECK KEY INTERLOCK CABLE E Check key interlock cable for damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 2. NG >> Repair key interlock cable. Refer to AT-296, "KEY INTERLOCK CABLE" . F 2. CHECK SELECTOR LEVER POSITION G Check selector lever position for damage. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 3. NG >> Check selector lever. Refer to AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" . H 3. CHECK POWER SOURCE 1. 2. I Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M47 terminal 2 (Y/G) and ground. J Voltage: Battery voltage OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> GO TO 4. K L SCIA1214E M 4. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following items: 1. Harness for short or open between ignition switch and A/T device harness terminal 2 2. 10A fuse [No.12, located in the fuse block (J/B)] 3. Ignition switch (Refer to PG-3, "POWER SUPPLY ROUTING CIRCUIT" .) OK or NG OK >> GO TO 5. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-293 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM 5. CHECK INPUT SIGNAL A/T DEVICE Turn ignition switch OFF. ● Check voltage between A/T device harness connector M47 terminal 4 (OR) and ground. Voltage: Brake pedal depressed: Battery voltage Brake pedal released: 0V OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> GO TO 6. SCIA1215E 6. DETECT MALFUNCTIONING ITEM Check the following items: 1. Harness for short or open between battery and stop lamp switch harness connector 1 2. Harness for short or open between stop lamp switch harness connector 2 and A/T device harness connector 4 3. 10A fuse [No.20, located in the fuse block (J/B)] 4. Stop lamp switch – Check continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector terminals 1 (R/Y) and 2 (P/L). Check stop lamp switch after adjusting brake pedal — refer to BR-6, "BRAKE PEDAL" . OK or NG OK >> GO TO 7. NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. 7. CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT 1. 2. 3. Turn ignition switch OFF. Disconnect A/T device harness connector. Check continuity between A/T device harness connector terminal 1 (B) and ground. Continuity should exist. If OK, check harness for short to ground and short to power. OK or NG OK >> GO TO 8. NG >> Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. SCIA1217E AT-294 A/T SHIFT LOCK SYSTEM 8. CHECK PARK POSITION SWITCH AND RELAY CIRCUIT (COIL SIDE) A Check continuity between A/T device harness connector terminals 1 (B) and 4 (OR). B AT D SCIA1218E OK or NG OK >> GO TO 9. NG >> ● Replace park position switch or relay. ● Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. E F 9. CHECK SHIFT LOCK SOLENOID AND RELAY CIRCUIT (POINT SIDE) 1. 2. 3. G Connect A/T device harness connector. Turn ignition switch ON. (Do not start engine.) Check shift lock solenoid and relay operation. Condition When ignition switch is turned to “ON” position and selector lever is set in “P” position. H Brake pedal Operation Depressed Yes Released No OK or NG OK >> GO TO 10. NG >> ● Replace shift lock solenoid or relay. ● Repair open circuit or short to ground or short to power in harness or connectors. I J K 10. CHECK SHIFT LOCK OPERATION 1. Connect A/T device harness connector. 2. Turn ignition switch from OFF to ON. (Do not start engine.) 3. Recheck shift lock operation. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> GO TO 11. 11. CHECK A/T DEVICE INSPECTION 1. Perform A/T device input/output signal inspection test. 2. If NG, recheck harness connector connection. OK or NG OK >> INSPECTION END NG >> Repair or replace damaged parts. AT-295 L M KEY INTERLOCK CABLE KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Components PFP:34908 ACS000GD SCIA1229E CAUTION: ● Install key interlock cable in such a way that it will not be damaged by sharp bends, twists or interference with adjacent parts. ● After installing key interlock cable to control device, make sure that casing cap and bracket are firmly secured in their positions. If casing cap be removed with an external load of less than 39 N (4.0 kg, 8.8 lb), replace key interlock cable with new one. AT-296 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Removal 1. 2. ACS000GE A Unlock slider by squeezing lock tabs on slider from adjuster holder. Remove casing cap from bracket of control device and remove interlock rod from cable. B AT D SCIA1230E 3. Remove holder from key cylinder and remove key interlock cable. E F G H I J K SCIA1231E L M AT-297 KEY INTERLOCK CABLE Installation 1. 2. 3. 4. ACS000GF Set key interlock cable to key cylinder and install holder. Clamp cable and fix to control cable with band. Turn ignition key to lock position. Set selector lever to P position. SCIA1231E 5. 6. 7. Insert interlock rod into adjuster holder. Install casing cap to bracket. Move slider in order to fix adjuster holder to interlock rod. CAUTION: Do not touch any adjacent parts of key interlock cable when slider is being held. Insert slider into key interlock rod straightly. SCIA1232E AT-298 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE ON-VEHICLE SERVICE Control Valve Assembly PFP:00000 A ACS004IW CAUTION: When replacing the control valve assembly, erase EEP ROM in TCM. Refer to AT-8, "Precautions for TCM, A/T Assembly and Control Valve Assembly Replacement" . B COMPONENTS AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA3441E 1. Transmission 2. Control valve assembly 3. 4. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 5. Oil pan gasket 6. Oil pan 7. Magnet 8. Drain plug gasket 9. Drain plug 10. Oil pan mounting bolt REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Disconnect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. Drain ATF through drain plug. AT-299 Bracket ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 4. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. SCIA2308E 5. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure. ● If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler cleaning. Refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning". SCIA5199E 6. Remove magnets from oil pan. SCIA5200E 7. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connectors. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. SCIA3976E 8. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. SCIA4967E AT-300 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 9. Remove terminal cord assembly connectors from bracket. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. A B AT SCIA3977E 10. Disconnect revolution sensor connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. D E F G SCIA2313E H 11. Straighten terminal clips to free terminal cord assembly and revolution sensor harness then remove terminal clips. CAUTION: Hang down terminal cord assembly and revolution sensor harness toward outside so as not to disturb removal of control valve assembly. I J SCIA2314E K 12. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve assembly. Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts A 42 (1.65) 5 B 55 (2.17) 6 C 40 (1.57) 1 L M SCIA2312E AT-301 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 13. Remove control valve assembly from transmission case. CAUTION: When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and manual plate height. Remove it vertically. SCIA3984E 14. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from control valve assembly. SCIA5126E 15. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. SCIA2583E INSTALLATION CAUTION: After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/ T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . 1. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 in bracket. SCIA5128E AT-302 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 2. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 in control valve assembly. (With bracket.) A : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb) B AT SCIA5126E 3. a. D Install control valve assembly. Install control valve assembly in transmission case. CAUTION: ● Make sure that turbine sensor securely installs turbine sensor hole. ● Hang down terminal cord assembly and revolution sensor harness toward outside so as not to disturb installation of control valve assembly. E F G SCIA2479E ● H Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with manual plate projection. I J K SCIA3984E b. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve assembly. L Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts A 42 (1.65) 5 B 55 (2.17) 6 C 40 (1.57) 1 M SCIA2312E AT-303 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE c. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other bolts. : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb) SCIA3170E 4. Install terminal cord assembly connectors in bracket. SCIA3977E 5. Connect terminal cord assembly connectors. SCIA3976E 6. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector. SCIA4967E 7. Connect revolution sensor connector. SCIA2313E AT-304 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 8. Securely fasten terminal harness with clip. A B AT SCIA2314E 9. D Install magnets in oil pan. E F G SCIA5200E 10. Install oil pan in transmission case. a. Install oil pan gasket in oil pan. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse oil pan gasket. ● Install it in the direction to align hole positions. b. Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) in transmission case. CAUTION: ● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as shown in the figure. ● Be careful not to pinch harnesses. c. H I J SCIA2308E Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numerical order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them. CAUTION: Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts. K L : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb) M 11. Install drain plug in oil pan. CAUTION: Do not reuse drain plug gasket. SCIA2492E : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) 12. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. 13. Connect heated oxygen sensor 2 harness connector. 14. Connect the negative battery terminal. AT-305 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE Rear Oil Seal ACS004K1 REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. Remove exhaust tube with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" . Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" . Remove rear oil seal using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch rear extension assembly. SCIA3428E INSTALLATION CAUTION: After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/ T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . 1. As shown below, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into the rear extension until it is flush. CAUTION: ● Apply ATF to rear oil seal. ● Do not reuse rear oil seal 2. Install propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" . 3. Install exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" . SCIA5310E AT-306 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE Parking Components ACS004K2 A COMPONENTS B AT D E F G H I J SCIA5001E 1. Rear oil seal 2. Terminal bracket 3. Rear extension 4. Pawl shaft 5. Return spring 6. Parking actuator support 7. Parking pawl 8. Self-sealing bolt 9. Needle bearing 10. Bearing race 11. Output shaft 12. Seal ring K L 13. Parking gear REMOVAL 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. Drain ATF through drain plug. Remove exhaust tube with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" . Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" . Support transmission assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug. Remove engine rear member with power tool. Refer to AT-314, "Removal and Installation" . AT-307 M ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 6. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly. SCIA3426E 7. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer. SCIA3432E 8. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. SCIA3431E 9. Remove bearing race from output shaft. SCIA5245E 10. Remove output shaft from transmission case. SCIA5246E AT-308 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 11. Remove parking gear from output shaft. A B AT SCIA5247E D 12. Remove seal rings from output shaft. E F G SCIA5209E 13. Remove needle bearing from rear extension. 14. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension assembly. H I J SCIA3423E 15. Remove parking pawl, pawl shaft and return spring from rear extension. K L M SCIA3424E 16. Remove return spring from parking pawl. SCIA2445E AT-309 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 17. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch rear extension. SCIA3524E INSTALLATION CAUTION: After completing installation, check A/T fluid leakage and A/T fluid level. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/ T Fluid" , AT-13, "Checking A/T Fluid" . 1. As shown below, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into the rear extension until it is flush. CAUTION: ● Apply ATF to rear oil seal. ● Do not reuse rear oil seal. SCIA5311E 2. Install return spring in parking pawl. SCIA2445E 3. Install parking pawl and pawl shaft in rear extension. SCIA3424E AT-310 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 4. 5. Install parking actuator support in rear extension. Install needle bearing in rear extension. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. A B AT SCIA3423E D 6. Install seal rings in out put shaft. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse seal rings. ● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. E F G SCIA5209E 7. Install parking gear in output shaft H I J SCIA5247E 8. K Install output shaft in transmission case. L M SCIA5246E 9. Install bearing race in output shaft. SCIA5245E AT-311 ON-VEHICLE SERVICE 10. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown in illustration. CAUTION: Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. From the transmission case and rear extension assembly. SCIA5212E 11. Install rear extension assembly in transmission case. SCIA3431E 12. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to specified torque. (Because terminal bracket is tightened together with rear extension assembly before procedure 11) CAUTION: Do not reuse self–sealing bolt. Rear extension mounting bolt : 52 N·m (5.3 Kg-m, 38 ft-lb) Self-sealing bolt : 61 N·m (6.2 Kg-m, 45 ft-lb) 13. 14. 15. 16. SCIA5428E Install engine rear member. Refer to AT-314, "Removal and Installation" . Install propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "Removal and Installation" Install exhaust tube. Refer to EX-3, "Removal and Installation" . Install drain plug in oil pan. CAUTION: Do not reuse drain plug gasket. : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) 17. Pour ATF into transmission assembly. AT-312 AIR BREATHER HOSE AIR BREATHER HOSE Removal and Installation PFP:31098 A ACS000FM Refer to the figure below for air breather hose removal and installation procedure. B AT D E F G H I SCIA4778E CAUTION: ● When installing an air breather hose, be careful not to be crushed or blocked by folding or bending the hose. ● When inserting a hose to the transmission tube, be sure to insert it fully until its end reaches the tube bend R portion. J K L M AT-313 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY Removal and Installation PFP:31020 ACS000FN SCIA3940E 1. Transmission assembly 2. A/T fluid level gauge 3. A/T fluid charging pipe 4. O-ring 5. Insulator 6. Engine rear member 7. Copper washer 8. Fluid cooler tube 9. Bracket REMOVAL CAUTION: When removing the A/T assembly from engine, first remove the crankshaft position sensor (POS) from the A/T assembly. Be careful not to damage sensor edge. 1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. 2. Remove engine under cover with power tool. 3. Remove exhaust tube with power tool. Refer to EX-3, "EXHAUST SYSTEM" . 4. Remove three way catalyst. Refer to EM-25, "Removal and Installation" . 5. Remove propeller shaft. Refer to PR-4, "REAR PROPELLER SHAFT" . 6. Remove A/T control rod. Refer to AT-288, "SHIFT CONTROL SYSTEM" . 7. Disconnect A/T solenoid valve harness connectors. AT-314 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. Remove crankshaft position sensor (POS) from A/T assembly. CAUTION: ● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. ● Do not disassemble. ● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area. ● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism. Remove fluid cooler tube and A/T fluid charging pipe. Plug up openings such as the fluid charging pipe hole, etc. Remove air breather hose. Refer to AT-313, "AIR BREATHER HOSE" . Remove starter motor. Refer to SC-9, "STARTING SYSTEM" . Remove dust cover from converter housing part. A B AT SCIA0861E D E 14. Turn crankshaft, and remove the four tightening bolts for drive plate and torque converter. CAUTION: When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. F G H ATA1292D 15. Support A/T assembly with a transmission jack. CAUTION: When setting the transmission jack, be careful not to allow it to collide against the drain plug. 16. Remove engine rear member with power tool. 17. Remove bolts fixing A/T assembly to engine with power tool. 18. Remove A/T assembly from vehicle with a transmission jack. ● Secure torque converter to prevent it from dropping. ● Secure A/T assembly to a transmission jack. I J K L M SCIA0499E INSPECTION Installation and Inspection of Torque Converter ● After inserting a torque converter to a transmission, be sure to check dimension “A” to ensure it is within the reference value limit. Dimension “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more SAT017B AT-315 TRANSMISSION ASSEMBLY INSTALLATION Install the removed parts in the reverse order of the removal, while paying attention to the following work. ● When installing transmission to the engine, attach the fixing bolts in accordance with the following standard. Bolt No. 1 2 3 Number of bolts 1 5 2 55 (2.17) 65 (2.56) 35 (1.38) Bolt length “ ”mm (in) Tightening torque N·m (kg-m, ft-lb) 75 (7.7, 55) 47 (4.8, 35) SCIA0903E ● Align the positions of tightening bolts for drive plate with those of the torque converter, and temporarily tighten the bolts. Then, tighten the bolts with the specified torque. : 51 N·m (5.2 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) ● ● ● CAUTION: ● When turning crankshaft, turn it clockwise as viewed from the front of the engine. ● When tightening the tightening bolts for the torque converter after fixing the crankshaft pulley bolts, be sure to ATA1292D confirm the tightening torque of the crankshaft pulley mounting bolts. ● After converter is installed to drive plate, rotate crankshaft several turns and check to be sure that transmission rotates freely without binding. Install crankshaft position sensor (POS). Refer to EM-29, "Removal and Installation" . After completing installation, check fluid leakage, fluid level, and the positions of A/T. Refer to AT-13, "Changing A/T Fluid" , AT-289, "Adjustment of A/T Position" , AT-289, "Checking of A/T Position" . When replacing the A/T assembly, erase EEP ROM in TCM. Refer to AT-8, "Precautions for TCM, A/T Assembly and Control Valve Assembly Replacement" . AT-316 OVERHAUL OVERHAUL Components PFP:00000 A ACS004IJ B AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA5430E AT-317 OVERHAUL 1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 3. O-ring 4. Oil pump housing 5. Self-sealing bolt 6. Torque converter 7. Converter housing 8. Oil pump housing oil seal 9. Bearing race 10. Needle bearing 11. O-ring 12. Front carrier assembly 13. Snap ring 14. Front sun gear 15. 3rd one-way clutch 16. Snap ring 17. Bearing race 18. Needle bearing 19. Seal ring 20. Input clutch assembly 21. Needle bearing 22. Rear internal gear 23. Brake band 24. Mid carrier assembly 25. Needle bearing 26. Bearing race 27. Rear carrier assembly 28. Needle bearing 29. Mid sun gear 30. Seal ring 31. Rear sun gear 32. 1st one-way clutch 33. Snap ring 34. Needle bearing 35. High and low reverse clutch hub 36. Snap ring 37. Bearing race 38. Needle bearing AT-318 OVERHAUL A B AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA5043E 1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. High and low reverse clutch assembly 4. Needle bearing 5. Direct clutch assembly 6. Reverse brake dish plate AT-319 OVERHAUL 7. Reverse brake driven plate 8. N-spring 9. Reverse brake drive plate 10. Reverse brake retaining plate 11. Snap ring 12. Lip seal 13. D-ring 14. Reverse brake piston 15. Return spring 16. Spring retainer 17. Snap ring AT-320 OVERHAUL A B AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA5438E 1. Rear oil seal 2. Terminal bracket 3. Rear extension 4. Parking actuator support 5. Return spring 6. Parking pawl 7. Pawl shaft 8. Seal ring 9. Needle bearing AT-321 OVERHAUL 10. Terminal cord assembly 11. Revolution sensor 12. Parking gear 13. Output shaft 14. Bearing race 15. Needle bearing 16. Manual plate 17. Parking rod 18. Manual shaft oil seal 19. Manual shaft 20. O-ring 21. Band servo anchor end pin 22. Detent spring 23. Spacer 24. Seal ring 25. Transmission case 26. Retaining pin 27. Return spring 28. O-ring 29. Servo assembly 30. Snap ring 31. Control valve assembly 32. Bracket 33. A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 34. Oil pan gasket 35. Oil pan 36. Magnet 37. Drain plug 38. Drain plug gasket 39. Oil pan mounting bolt AT-322 OVERHAUL Oil Channel ACS004IK A B AT D E F G H I J K L M SCIA5009E AT-323 OVERHAUL Locations of Adjusting Shims, Needle Bearings, Thrust Washers and Snap Rings ACS004IL SCIA5431E AT-324 DISASSEMBLY DISASSEMBLY Disassembly PFP:31020 A ACS004M8 CAUTION: Do not disassemble parts behind Drum Support. Refer to AT-18, "Cross-Sectional View" . 1. Drain ATF through drain plug. 2. Remove torque converter by holding it firmly and turing while pulling straight out. B AT D E SCIA2297E F 3. a. b. c. Check torque converter one-way clutch using check tool as shown at figure. Insert check tool into the groove of bearing support built into one-way clutch outer race. When fixing bearing support with check tool, rotate one- way clutch spline using screwdriver. Check that inner race rotates clockwise only. If not, replace torque converter assembly. G H I J K L SCIA3171E 4. Remove converter housing from transmission case. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch converter housing. SCIA3427E AT-325 M DISASSEMBLY 5. Remove O-ring from input clutch assembly. SCIA2299E 6. Remove tightening bolts for oil pump assembly and transmission case. SCIA2300E 7. Attach sliding hammer to oil pump assembly and extract it evenly from transmission case. CAUTION: ● Fully tighten sliding hammer screw. ● Make sure that bearing race is installed to the oil pump assembly edge surface. SCIA5312E 8. Remove O-ring from oil pump assembly. SCIA3417E AT-326 DISASSEMBLY 9. Remove bearing race, needle bearing and front sun gear from transmission case. NOTE: Remove front sun gear by rotating left and right. A B AT SCIA3418E D 10. Remove seal rings from input clutch assembly. E F G SCIA2470E 11. Remove front carrier assembly from transmission case. (With input clutch assembly and rear internal gear.) CAUTION: Be careful to remove it with needle bearing. H I J SCIA3419E K 12. Loosen lock nut and remove band servo anchor end pin from transmission case. L M SCIA2579E 13. Remove brake band from transmission case. SCIA2580E AT-327 DISASSEMBLY ● ● To prevent brake linings from cracking or peeling, do not stretch the flexible band unnecessarily. When removing the brake band, always secure it with a clip as shown in the figure at left. Leave the clip in position after removing the brake band. Check brake band facing for damage, cracks, wear or burns. SAT655 14. Remove mid carrier assembly and rear carrier assembly as a unit. 15. Remove mid carrier assembly from rear carrier assembly. SCIA2304E 16. Remove needle bearing (front side) from mid carrier assembly. SCIA2805E 17. Remove needle bearing (rear side) from mid carrier assembly. SCIA2804E 18. Remove bearing race from rear carrier assembly. SCIA5175E AT-328 DISASSEMBLY 19. Remove needle bearing from rear carrier assembly. A B AT SCIA2803E 20. Remove mid sun gear assembly, rear sun gear assembly and high and low reverse clutch hub as a unit. CAUTION: Be careful to remove then with bearing race and needle bearing. D E F G SCIA2305E 21. Remove high and low reverse clutch assembly from transmission case. CAUTION: Make sure that needle bearing is installed to the high and low reverse clutch assembly edge surface. H I J SCIA2306E K 22. Remove direct clutch assembly from transmission case. L M SCIA2307E 23. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface. SCIA5198E AT-329 DISASSEMBLY 24. Remove oil pan and oil pan gasket. SCIA2308E 25. Remove magnets from oil pan. SCIA5200E 26. Check foreign materials in oil pan to help determine causes of malfunction. If the A/T fluid is very dark, smells burned, or contains foreign particles, the frictional material (clutches, band) may need replacement. A tacky film that will not wipe clean indicates varnish build up. Varnish can cause valves, servo, and clutches to stick and can inhibit pump pressure. ● If frictional material is detected, perform A/T fluid cooler cleaning. Refer to AT-15, "A/T Fluid Cooler Cleaning". SCIA5199E 27. Disconnect terminal cord assembly connectors. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. SCIA3412E 28. Disconnect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. SCIA5129E AT-330 DISASSEMBLY 29. Remove terminal cord assembly connectors from bracket. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. A B AT SCIA2584E 30. Disconnect revolution sensor connector. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. D E F G SCIA2313E 31. Straighten terminal clips to free terminal cord assembly and revolution sensor harness then remove terminal clips. CAUTION: Hang down terminal cord assembly and revolution sensor harness toward outside so as not to disturb removal of control valve assembly. H I J SCIA2314E K 32. Remove bolts A, B and C from control valve assembly. Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts A 42 (1.65) 5 B 55 (2.17) 6 C 40 (1.57) 1 L M SCIA2312E 33. Remove control valve assembly from transmission case. CAUTION: When removing, be careful with the manual valve notch and manual plate height.Remove it vertically. SCIA2315E AT-331 DISASSEMBLY 34. Remove A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 with bracket from control valve assembly. SCIA5126E 35. Remove bracket from A/T fluid temperature sensor 2. SCIA5127E 36. Remove tightening bolts for rear extension assembly and transmission case. SCIA3426E 37. Tap rear extension assembly with soft hammer. SCIA3420E 38. Remove rear extension assembly from transmission case. SCIA3421E AT-332 DISASSEMBLY 39. Remove bearing race from output shaft. A B AT SCIA5245E D 40. Remove output shaft from transmission case by rotating left and right. E F G SCIA3422E 41. Remove parking gear from output shaft. H I J SCIA5247E K 42. Remove seal rings from output shaft. L M SCIA5209E 43. Remove needle bearing from transmission case. SCIA2440E AT-333 DISASSEMBLY 44. Remove revolution sensor from transmission case. CAUTION: ● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. ● Do not disassemble. ● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area. ● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism. SCIA2320E 45. Remove reverse brake snap ring (fixing plate) using 2 flatbladed screwdrivers. NOTE: Press out snap ring from the transmission case oil pan side gap using a flat-bladed screwdriver, and remove it using another screwdriver. SCIA2321E 46. Remove reverse brake retaining plate, drive plates, driven plates and dish plate from transmission case. CAUTION: Be careful to remove it with N-spring. SCIA2322E 47. Remove snap ring (fixing spring retainer) using a flat-bladed screwdriver. SCIA2323E 48. Remove spring retainer and return spring from transmission case. SCIA2324E AT-334 DISASSEMBLY 49. Remove seal rings from drum support. A B AT SCIA3333E D 50. Remove needle bearing from drum support edge surface. E F G SCIA2796E 51. Remove reverse brake piston from transmission case. H I J SCIA2325E K 52. Remove lip seal and D-ring from reverse brake piston. L M SCIA2795E 53. Remove terminal cord assembly connectors from bracket. CAUTION: Be careful not to damage connector. SCIA2326E AT-335 DISASSEMBLY 54. Remove terminal cord assembly from transmission case. SCIA2327E 55. Use a pin punch (4mm dia. commercial service tool) to knock out retaining pin. SCIA2328E 56. Remove manual shaft retaining pin with nippers. 57. Remove manual plate (with parking rod) from manual shaft. SCIA2329E 58. Remove parking rod from manual plate. 59. Remove manual shaft from transmission case. SCIA5220E 60. Remove manual shaft oil seals using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch transmission case. SCIA2331E AT-336 DISASSEMBLY 61. Remove detent spring and spacer from transmission case. A B AT SCIA5248E D 62. Using snap ring pliers, remove snap ring from transmission case. E F G SCIA2333E 63. Remove servo assembly (with return spring) from transmission case. 64. Remove return spring from servo assembly. 65. Remove O-rings from servo assembly. H I J SCIA2334E K 66. Remove parking actuator support from rear extension. L M SCIA3423E 67. Remove parking pawl, pawl shaft and return spring from rear extension. SCIA3424E AT-337 DISASSEMBLY 68. Remove return spring from parking pawl. SCIA2445E 69. Remove needle bearing from rear extension. 70. Remove rear oil seal from rear extension. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch rear extension. SCIA3524E AT-338 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Oil Pump PFP:00000 A ACS004IN COMPONENTS B AT D E F G SCIA5323E 1. O-ring 2. Oil pump cover 4. Oil pump housing 5. Oil pump housing oil seal 3. O-ring H DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove oil pump housing from oil pump cover. I J K SCIA2836E 2. Remove oil pump housing oil seal using a flat-bladed screwdriver. CAUTION: Be careful not to scratch oil pump housing. M SCIA2840E AT-339 L REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS 3. Remove O-ring from oil pump housing. SCIA2841E 4. Remove O-ring from oil pump cover. SCIA2837E ASSEMBLY 1. Install O-ring in oil pump cover. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse O-ring. ● Apply ATF to O-ring. SCIA2837E 2. Install O-ring in oil pump housing. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse O-ring. ● Apply ATF to O-ring. SCIA2841E AT-340 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS 3. Using a drift, install oil pump housing oil seal to the oil pump housing until is flush. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse oil pump housing oil seal. ● Apply ATF to oil pump housing oil seal. A B AT SCIA5313E D 4. Install oil pump housing in oil pump cover. : 9.0 N·m (0.92 kg-m, 80 in-lb.) E F G SCIA2836E H I J K L M AT-341 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Front Sun Gear, 3rd One-Way Clutch ACS004IO COMPONENTS SCIA3114E 1. Front sun gear 2. 3rd one-way clutch 3. Snap ring DISASSEMBLY 1. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from front sun gear. SCIA3110E 2. Remove 3rd one-way clutch from front sun gear. SCIA3111E INSPECTION 3rd One-way Clutch ● Check frictional surface for wear or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the 3rd one-way clutch. Front Sun Gear Snap Ring ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. AT-342 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS CAUTION: If necessary, replace the snap ring. A Front Sun Gear ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the front sun gear. B ASSEMBLY 1. AT Install 3rd one-way clutch in front sun gear. CAUTION: Apply ATF to 3rd one-way clutch. D E F SCIA3111E 2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in front sun gear. G H I SCIA3110E 3. a. b. Check operation of 3rd one-way clutch. Hold oil pump assembly and turn front sun gear. Check 3rd one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking directions. CAUTION: If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of 3rd one-way clutch. J K L M SCIA3131E AT-343 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Front Carrier, Input Clutch, Rear Internal Gear ACS004IP COMPONENTS SCIA5432E 1. Seal ring 2. O-ring 3. Needle bearing 4. Bearing race 5. Front carrier assembly 6. Snap ring 7. Snap ring 8. Retaining plate 9. Driven plate 10. Input clutch drum 11. Drive plate AT-344 12. Rear internal gear REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. 3. A Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers. Remove front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly from rear internal gear. Remove front carrier assembly from input clutch assembly. B AT SCIA5339E a. D Remove bearing race from front carrier assembly. E F G SCIA2847E b. Remove snap ring from front carrier assembly. CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively. H I J K SCIA5476E 4. a. Disassemble input clutch assembly. Remove O-ring and seal rings from input clutch assembly. L M SCIA5235E AT-345 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS b. Remove needle bearing from input clutch assembly. SCIA2853E c. d. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from input clutch drum. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from input clutch drum. SCIA2864E INSPECTION Front Carrier Snap Ring ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the snap ring. Input Clutch Snap Ring ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly. Input Clutch Drum ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage or burns. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly. Input Clutch Drive Plates ● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly. Input Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates ● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the input clutch assembly. Front Carrier ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the front carrier assembly. Rear Internal Gear ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the rear internal gear assembly. AT-346 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ASSEMBLY 1. a. b. A Install input clutch. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in input clutch drum. CAUTION: Take care with order of plates. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in input clutch drum. B AT D SCIA2864E c. Install needle bearing in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. E F G SCIA2853E d. Install O-ring and seal rings in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse O-ring and seal rings. ● Apply ATF to O-ring. ● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. H I J K SCIA5235E 2. a. L Install front carrier assembly. Install snap ring to front carrier assembly. CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively. M SCIA5476E AT-347 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS b. c. Install bearing race in front carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race. Install front carrier assembly to input clutch assembly. SCIA2847E 3. 4. Compress snap ring using 2 flat-bladed screwdrivers. Install front carrier assembly and input clutch assembly to rear internal gear. SCIA5339E AT-348 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Mid Sun Gear, Rear Sun Gear, High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub ACS004IQ A COMPONENTS B AT D E F SCIA2851E 1. Needle bearing 2. Bearing race 3. G Snap ring 4. High and low reverse clutch hub 5. Needle bearing 6. Snap ring 7. 1st one-way clutch 8. Rear sun gear 9. Seal ring H 10. Mid sun gear DISASSEMBLY 1. I Remove needle bearing and bearing race. J K L SCIA2854E 2. Using a snap ring pliers, remove snap ring from high and low reverse clutch hub. CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively. M SCIA2855E AT-349 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS 3. Remove high and low reverse clutch hub from mid sun gear assembly. SCIA2856E a. Remove needle bearing from high and low reverse clutch hub. SCIA2857E 4. Remove rear sun gear assembly from mid sun gear assembly. SCIA2858E a. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from rear sun gear. SCIA2859E AT-350 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS b. Remove 1st one-way clutch from rear sun gear. A B AT SCIA4633E D 5. Remove seal rings from mid sun gear. E F G SCIA2861E INSPECTION High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub Snap Ring, Rear Sun Gear Snap Ring ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the snap ring. I 1st One-way Clutch ● H Check frictional surface for wear or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the 1st one-way clutch. J K Mid Sun Gear ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: Replace mid sun gear assembly and high and low reverse clutch assembly as a set if necessary. L Rear Sun Gear ● M Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the rear sun gear. High and Low Reverse Clutch Hub ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. CAUTION: If necessary, replace the high and low reverse clutch hub. AT-351 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ASSEMBLY 1. Install seal rings from mid sun gear. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse seal rings. ● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. SCIA2861E 2. Install 1st one-way clutch in rear sun gear. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to 1st one-way clutch. SCIA4633E 3. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in rear sun gear. SCIA2859E 4. Install rear sun gear assembly in mid sun gear assembly. SCIA2858E AT-352 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS 5. Install needle bearing in high and low reverse clutch hub. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. A B AT SCIA2857E D 6. Install high and low reverse clutch hub in mid sun gear assembly. E F G SCIA2856E 7. Using a snap ring pliers, install snap ring in high and low reverse clutch hub. CAUTION: Do not expand snap ring excessively. H I J SCIA2855E 8. a. b. Check operation of 1st one-way clutch. Hold mid sun gear and turn rear sun gear. Check 1st one-way clutch for correct locking and unlocking directions. CAUTION: If not as shown in illustration, check installation direction of 1st one-way clutch. L M SCIA3132E 9. Install needle bearing and bearing race. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing and bearing race. SCIA2854E AT-353 K REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS High and Low Reverse Clutch ACS004IR COMPONENTS SCIA5045E 1. High and low reverse clutch drum 2. Driven plate 3. Retaining plate 4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate 6. Bearing race DISASSEMBLY 1. Remove bearing race from high and low reverse clutch drum. SCIA5215E 2. 3. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from high and low reverse clutch drum. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from high and low reverse clutch drum. SCIA2868E INSPECTION ● Check the following, and replace high and low reverse clutch assembly if necessary. High and Low Reverse Clutch Snap Ring ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. High and Low Reverse Clutch Drive Plates ● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. AT-354 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS High and Low Reverse Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates ● A Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. ASSEMBLY 1. 2. Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in high and low reverse clutch drum. CAUTION: Take care with order of plates. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in high and low reverse clutch drum. B AT D E SCIA2868E 3. Install bearing race to high and low reverse clutch drum. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race. F G H I SCIA5215E J K L M AT-355 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS Direct Clutch ACS004IS COMPONENTS SCIA5046E 1. Direct clutch drum 2. Driven plate 4. Snap ring 5. Drive plate 3. Retaining plate DISASSEMBLY 1. 2. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, remove snap ring from direct clutch drum. Remove drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate from direct clutch drum. SCIA2868E INSPECTION ● Check the following, and replace direct clutch assembly if necessary. Direct Clutch Snap Ring ● Check for deformation, fatigue or damage. Direct Clutch Drive Plates ● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. Direct Clutch Retaining Plate and Driven Plates ● Check facing for burns, cracks or damage. AT-356 REPAIR FOR COMPONENT PARTS ASSEMBLY 1. 2. A Install drive plates, driven plates and retaining plate in direct clutch drum. CAUTION: Take care with order of plates. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, install snap ring in direct clutch drum. B AT SCIA2868E D E F G H I J K L M AT-357 ASSEMBLY ASSEMBLY Assembly (1) 1. PFP:00000 ACS004M9 As shown below, use a drift [commercial service tool φ22 mm (0.87 in)] to drive manual shaft oil seals into the transmission case until it is flush. CAUTION: ● Apply ATF to manual shaft oil seals. ● Do not reuse manual shaft oil seals. SCIA5259E 2. Install detent spring and spacer in transmission case. SCIA5248E 3. 4. a. b. 5. a. b. Assemble manual shaft, manual plate, and parking rod after installing manual shaft to transmission case. Install retaining pin into the manual plate and manual shaft. Fit pinhole of the manual plate to pinhole of the manual shaft with a pin punch. Use a hammer to tap the retaining pin into the manual plate. CAUTION: ● Drive retaining pin to 2±0.5 mm over the manual plate. ● Do not reuse retaining pin. SCIA5297E Install retaining pin into the transmission case and manual shaft. Fit pinhole of the transmission case to pinhole of the manual shaft with a pin punch. Use a hammer to tap the retaining pin into the transmission case. CAUTION: ● Drive retaining pin to 5±1 mm over the transmission case. ● Do not reuse retaining pin. SCIA2427E AT-358 ASSEMBLY 6. Install terminal cord assembly in transmission case. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to O-ring. A B AT SCIA2428E D 7. Install terminal cord assembly connectors in bracket. E F G SCIA2326E 8. Install O-rings in servo assembly. CAUTION: Do not reuse O-rings. Apply petroleum jelly to O-rings. 9. Install return spring in servo assembly. 10. Install servo assembly in transmission case. H I J SCIA2334E K 11. Using snap ring pliers, install snap ring in transmission case. L M SCIA2333E 12. Install lip seal and D-ring in reverse brake piston. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse lip seal and D-ring. ● Apply petroleum jelly to lip seal. ● Apply ATF to D-ring. SCIA2795E AT-359 ASSEMBLY 13. Install reverse brake piston in transmission case. SCIA2325E 14. Install needle bearing in transmission case. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. SCIA2796E 15. Install seal rings in drum support. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse seal rings. ● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. SCIA3333E 16. After installing the return spring and spring retainer in transmission case, use a clutch spring compressor to install snap ring in transmission case. CAUTION: Securely assemble them using a flat-bladed screwdriver so that snap ring tension is slightly weak. SCIA5314E AT-360 ASSEMBLY 17. Install reverse brake retaining plate, drive plates, driven plates and dish plate in transmission case. CAUTION: Take care with order of plates. A B AT D E F G SCIA5250E 18. Assemble N-spring. H I J K L M SCIA3179E 19. Install snap ring in transmission case. SCIA2439E AT-361 ASSEMBLY 20. Measure clearance between retaining plate and snap ring. If not within specified clearance, select proper retaining plate. Specified clearance “A”: Standard: 0.7 - 1.1mm (0.028 - 0.043 in) Retaining plate: Refer to AT-378, "Reverse Brake" . SCIA3129E 21. Install needle bearing in transmission case. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. SCIA2440E 22. Install revolution sensor in transmission case. CAUTION: ● Do not subject it to impact by dropping or hitting it. ● Do not disassemble. ● Do not allow metal filings, etc., to get on the sensor's front edge magnetic area. ● Do not place in an area affected by magnetism. SCIA2320E 23. As shown below, use a drift to drive rear oil seal into the rear extension until it is flush. CAUTION: ● Apply ATF to rear oil seal. ● Do not reuse rear oil seal. SCIA5311E 24. Install return spring in parking pawl. SCIA2445E AT-362 ASSEMBLY 25. Install parking pawl and pawl shaft in rear extension. A B AT SCIA3424E D 26. Install parking actuator support in rear extension. 27. Install needle bearing in rear extension. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. E F G SCIA3423E 28. Install seal rings in output shaft. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse seal rings. ● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. H I J SCIA5209E K 29. Install parking gear in output shaft. L M SCIA5247E 30. Install output shaft in transmission case. CAUTION: Be careful not to mistake front for rear because both sides looks similar. (Thinner end is front side.) SCIA3422E AT-363 ASSEMBLY 31. Install bearing race in output shaft. SCIA5245E 32. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine Anaerobic Liquid Gasket or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .) to rear extension assembly as shown in illustration. CAUTION: Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. From the transmission case and rear extension mounting surfaces. SCIA5212E 33. Install rear extension assembly in transmission case. SCIA3421E 34. Tighten rear extension assembly mounting bolts to specified torque. (Because terminal bracket is tightened together with output shaft & companion flange, it should be installed before procedure 33.) CAUTION: Do not reuse self-sealing bolt. Rear extension assembly mounting bolt: : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) Self-sealing bolt: : 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb) SCIA5428E AT-364 ASSEMBLY 35. Install direct clutch assembly in reverse brake. CAUTION: Make sure that drum support edge surface and direct clutch inner boss edge surface come to almost same place. A B AT SCIA2307E D 36. Install needle bearing in drum support edge surface. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. E F G SCIA5198E 37. Install high and low reverse clutch assembly in direct clutch assembly. CAUTION: Be sure to replace high and low reverse clutch and mid sun gear as a set. H I J SCIA2306E K 38. Using a flat-bladed screwdriver, range the drive plates. L M SCIA3169E 39. Install high and low reverse clutch hub, mid sun gear assembly and rear sun gear assembly as a unit. SCIA2305E AT-365 ASSEMBLY CAUTION: Check that portion A of high and low reverse clutch drum protrudes approximately 2 mm (0.08 in) beyond portion B of rear sun gear. SCIA3130E 40. Install needle bearing in rear carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. SCIA2803E 41. Install bearing race in rear carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race. SCIA5175E 42. Install rear carrier assembly in direct clutch drum. SCIA2462E AT-366 ASSEMBLY 43. Install needle bearing (rear side) in mid carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. A B AT SCIA2804E D 44. Install needle bearing (front side) in mid carrier assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. E F G SCIA2805E 45. Install mid carrier assembly in rear carrier assembly. H I J SCIA2304E K 46. Install front carrier assembly (with input clutch assembly and rear internal gear) to rear carrier assembly. L M SCIA3419E 47. Install seal rings in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse seal rings. ● Apply petroleum jelly to seal rings. SCIA2470E AT-367 ASSEMBLY 48. Install band servo anchor end pin and lock nut in transmission case. CAUTION: Do not reuse band servo anchor end pin. SCIA2579E 49. Install brake band in transmission case. CAUTION: Assemble it so that identification to avoid incorrect installation faces servo side. SCIA5498E 50. Install front sun gear in transmission case. CAUTION: Apply ATF to front sun gear bearing and 3rd one-way clutch end bearing. SCIA3418E 51. Install needle bearing in front sun gear. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to needle bearing. SCIA2808E 52. Adjust brake band tilting using clips so that brake band contacts front sun gear drum evenly. SCIA2473E AT-368 ASSEMBLY 53. Adjust brake band. a. Loosen lock nut. b. Tighten band servo anchor end pin to specified torque. A : 5.0 N·m (0.51 kg-m, 44 in-lb) c. d. B Back of band servo anchor end pin three turns. While band servo anchor end pin, tighten lock nut to specified torque. : 46 N·m (4.7 kg-m, 34 ft-lb) AT SCIA5498E Adjustment D ACS004MA TOTAL END PLAY ● ● E Measure clearance between front sun gear and needle bearing for oil pump cover. Select proper thickness of bearing race so that end play is within specifications. F G SCIA2810E 1. Measure dimensions “K” and “L” and then calculate dimension “J”. H I J K SCIA5350E L a. Measure dimension “K”. M SCIA5351E AT-369 ASSEMBLY b. c. Measure dimension “L”. Calculate dimension “J”. “J”: Distance between oil pump fitting surface of transmission case and needle bearing mating surface of front sun gear. J=K–L SCIA5352E 2. Measure dimensions “M1 ” and “M2 ” and then calculate dimension “M”. SCIA3125E a. Place bearing race and needle bearing on oil pump assembly. SCIA3124E b. Measure thickness of straightedge “M1 ”. SCIA3126E c. Measure thickness of straightedge “M2 ”. SCIA3127E AT-370 ASSEMBLY d. Calculate dimension “M”. A “M”: Distance between transmission case fitting surface of oil pump and needle bearing on oil pump. M = M1 – M2 B AT SCIA3125E 3. D Adjust total end play “T1 ”. T1 = J – M Total end play “T1 ”: 0.25 - 0.55 mm (0.0098 - 0.0217 in) ● E Select proper thickness of bearing race so that total end play is within specifications. Bearing races: F Refer to AT-379, "BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY" . G SCIA2810E Assembly (2) 1. 2. ACS004MB H Install O-ring in oil pump assembly. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse O-ring. ● Apply ATF to O-ring. Install bearing race in oil pump assembly. CAUTION: Apply petroleum jelly to bearing race. I J K SCIA2837E 3. Install oil pump assembly in transmission case. CAUTION: Apply ATF to oil pump bush. L M SCIA2811E AT-371 ASSEMBLY 4. Apply recommended sealant (Genuine RTV Silicone Sealant or equivalent. Refer to GI-45, "Recommended Chemical Products and Sealants" .) to oil pump assembly as shown in illustration. CAUTION: Complete remove all moisture, oil and old sealant, etc. From the oil pump mounting bolts and oil pump mounting bolt mounting surfaces. SCIA5321E 5. Tighten oil pump mounting bolts to specified torque. Refer to AT317, "Components" . CAUTION: Apply ATF to oil pump bushing. SCIA2300E 6. Install O-ring in input clutch assembly. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse O-ring. ● Apply ATF to O-ring. SCIA2299E 7. Install converter housing in transmission case. CAUTION: Do not reuse self-sealing bolt. Converter housing mounting bolt: : 52 N·m (5.3 kg-m, 38 ft-lb) Self-sealing bolt: : 61 N·m (6.2 kg-m, 45 ft-lb) SCIA3427E 8. Make sure that brake band does not close turbine revolution sensor hole. SCIA2479E AT-372 ASSEMBLY 9. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 in bracket. A B AT SCIA5128E D 10. Install A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 (with bracket) in control valve assembly. E F G SCIA5126E 11. Install control valve assembly. a. Install control valve assembly in transmission case. H I J SCIA2315E CAUTION: ● Hang down terminal cord assembly and revolution sensor harness toward outside so as not to disturb installation of control valve assembly. ● Make sure that turbine sensor securely installs turbine sensor hole. ● Assemble it so that manual valve cutout is engaged with manual plate projection. L M SCIA2812E AT-373 K ASSEMBLY b. Install bolts A, B and C in control valve assembly. Bolt symbol Length mm (in) Number of bolts A 42 (1.65) 5 B 55 (2.17) 6 C 40 (1.57) 1 SCIA2312E c. Tighten bolt 1, 2 and 3 temporarily to prevent dislocation. After that tighten them in order (1 → 2 → 3), and then tighten other bolts. : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb) SCIA3170E 12. Install terminal cord assembly connectors in bracket. SCIA2584E 13. Connect terminal cord assembly connectors. SCIA3412E 14. Connect A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 connector. SCIA5129E AT-374 ASSEMBLY 15. Connect revolution sensor connector. A B AT SCIA2313E D 16. Securely fasten terminal harness with terminal clips. E F G SCIA2314E 17. Install magnets in oil pan. H I J SCIA5200E 18. Install oil pan in transmission case. a. Install oil pan gasket in oil pan. CAUTION: ● Do not reuse oil pan gasket. ● Install it in the direction to align hole positions. b. L M Install oil pan (with oil pan gasket) in transmission case. CAUTION: ● Install it so that drain plug comes to the position as shown in the figure. ● Be careful not to pinch harnesses. SCIA2308E AT-375 K ASSEMBLY c. Tighten oil pan mounting bolts to the specified torque in numerical order shown in the figure after temporarily tightening them. CAUTION: Do not reuse oil pan mounting bolts. : 7.9 N·m (0.81 kg-m, 70 in-lb) 19. Install drain plug in oil pan. CAUTION: Do not reuse drain plug gasket. : 34 N·m (3.5 kg-m, 25 ft-lb) SCIA2492E 20. Install torque converter. a. Pour ATF into torque converter. ● Approximately 2 liter (2-1/8 US qt, 1-3/4 Imp qt) of fluid is required for a new torque converter. ● When reusing old torque converter, add the same amount of fluid as was drained. SAT428DA b. Install torque converter while aligning notches of torque converter with notches of oil pump. SCIA2297E c. Measure distance “A” to check that torque converter is in proper position. Distance “A”: 25.0 mm (0.98 in) or more SAT017B AT-376 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) General Specifications PFP:00030 A ACS000FO VQ35DE engine Applied model B 2WD Automatic transmission model RE5R05A Transmission model code number 91X17 Stall torque ratio 2.0: 1 Transmission gear ratio 1st 3.540 2nd 2.264 3rd 1.417 4th 1.000 5th 0.834 Reverse 2.370 Recommended fluid AT D E F Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF*1 Fluid capacity 10.3 liter (10-7/8 US qt, 9-1/8 Imp qt) CAUTION: ● Use only Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF. Do not mix with other fluid. ● G Using automatic transmission fluid other than Genuine Nissan Matic J ATF will deteriorate in driveability and automatic transmission durability, and may damage the automatic transmission, which is not covered by the warranty. H *1: Refer toMA-9, "Fluids and Lubricants" . Vehicle Speed When Shifting Gears ACS000FP I Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position ● D1 →D2 D2 →D3 D3 →D4 D4 →D5 D5 →D4 D4 →D3 D3 →D2 D2 →D1 Full throttle 58 - 62 (36 - 39) 90 - 98 (56 - 61) 135 - 145 (84 - 90) 201 - 211 (125 - 131) 197 - 207 (122 - 129) 123 - 133 (76 - 83) 76 - 84 (47 - 52) 37 - 41 (23 - 25) Half throttle 46 - 50 (29 - 31) 71 - 79 (44 - 49) 107 - 117 (66 - 73) 135 - 145 (84 - 90) 88 - 98 (55 - 61) 63 - 73 (39 - 45) 29 - 37 (18 - 23) 11 - 15 (7 - 9) K At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening. Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Complete Lock-up ACS000FQ L Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position Closed throttle Half throttle Lock-up “ON” Lock-up “OFF” 56 - 64 (35 - 40) 53 - 61 (33 - 38) 168 - 176 (104 - 109) 131 - 139 (81 - 86) ● At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. ● At half throttle, the accelerator opening is 4/8 of the full opening. Vehicle Speed When Performing and Releasing Slip Lock-up M ACS000FR Vehicle speed km/h (MPH) Throttle position Closed throttle ● Gear position J Slip lock-up “ON” Slip lock-up “OFF” 4th 37 - 45 (23 - 28) 34 - 42 (21 - 26) 5th 44 - 52 (27 - 32) 41 - 49 (25 - 30) At closed throttle, the accelerator opening is less than 1/8 condition. Stall Speed ACS000FS Stall speed 2,600 - 2,900 rpm AT-377 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) Line Pressure ACS000FT Line pressure Engine speed kPa (kg/cm2 , psi) R position D, M positions idle speed 392 - 441 (4.0 - 4.5, 57 - 64) 373 - 422 (3.8 - 4.3, 54 - 61) stall speed 1,700 - 1,890 (17.3 - 19.3, 247 - 274) 1,310 - 1,500 (13.3 - 15.3, 190 - 218) Solenoid Valves ACS000FU Name Resistance (Approx.) (Ω) Terminal No. Line pressure solenoid valve 7 Torque converter clutch solenoid valve 8 Input clutch solenoid valve 6 3-9 High & low reverse clutch solenoid valve 3 Front brake solenoid valve 5 Direct clutch solenoid valve 4 Low coast brake solenoid valve 20 - 40 2 A/T Fluid Temperature Sensor Name A/T fluid temperature sensor 1 A/T fluid temperature sensor 2 ACS000FV Condition CONSULT-II “DATA MONITOR” (Approx.) (V) Resistance (Approx.) (kΩ) 0°C (32°F) 2.2 15 20°C (68°F) 1.8 6.5 80°C (176°F) 0.6 0.9 0°C (32°F) 2.2 10 20°C (68°F) 1.7 4 80°C (176°F) 0.45 0.5 Turbine Revolution Sensor Name ACS000FW Condition Data (Approx.) Turbine revolution sensor 1 When running at 50 km/h (31 MPH) in 4th speed with the closed throttle position switch “OFF”. Turbine revolution sensor 2 When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH) in 1st speed with the closed throttle position switch “OFF”. 1.3 (kHz) Vehicle Speed Sensor A/T (Revolution Sensor) Name Revolution sensor ACS000FX Condition Data (Approx.) When moving at 20 km/h (12 MPH). 185 (Hz) Reverse Brake ACS004IX Model code number 91X17 Thickness mm (in) 4.2 (0.165) 4.4 (0.173) 4.6 (0.181) 4.8 (0.189) 5.0 (0.197) 5.2 (0.205) Thickness of retaining plates Part number* 31667 90X14 31667 90X15 31667 90X16 31667 90X17 31667 90X18 31667 90X19 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. Total End Play ACS004IY Total end play mm (in) 0.25 - 0.55 (0.0098 - 0.0217) AT-378 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) BEARING RACE FOR ADJUSTING TOTAL END PLAY Thickness mm (in) Part number* 1.2 (0.047) 1.4 (0.055) 1.6 (0.063) 1.8 (0.071) 2.0 (0.079) 31435 90X02 31435 90X03 31435 90X04 31435 90X05 31435 90X06 *: Always check with the Parts Department for the latest parts information. A B AT D E F G H I J K L M AT-379 SERVICE DATA AND SPECIFICATIONS (SDS) AT-380
Source Exif Data:
File Type : PDF File Type Extension : pdf MIME Type : application/pdf PDF Version : 1.3 Linearized : Yes Create Date : 2004:01:15 20:55:12 Producer : Acrobat Distiller 4.05 for Windows Title : AT.fm Creator : FrameMaker+SGML 5.5.6p145J Modify Date : 2004:01:19 15:14:40+09:00 Page Count : 380 Page Mode : UseOutlinesEXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools